.

* remake.c (f_mtime): Move future modtime check before FILE is
	clobbered by :: loop.

.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+*.gz *.Z *.tar *.tgz
+=*
+TODO COPYING*
+make-3* make-test*
+*.info *.info-*
+stamp-*
+makebook*
+
+.*gdbinit
+
+*.dep *.dvi *.toc *.aux *.log
+*.cp *.cps *.fn *.fns *.vr *.vrs *.tp *.tps *.ky *.kys *.pg *.pgs
+
+sun4 i386 i386-netbsd hp300-netbsd hp300 rs6000 sun3 news800 amiga
+hp700 hp834 mips sol2 i486-linux
+
+customs

COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+                          675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.

GNUmakefile

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 # GNU Make-specific makefile for GNU Make.
 
-# Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is part of GNU Make.
-# 
+#
 # GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 # GNU General Public License for more details.
-# 
+#
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with GNU Make; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
 # the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
@@ -50,13 +50,18 @@ exec_prefix = $(prefix)
 extras := $(filter-out getloadavg.o @%@,$(extras)) getloadavg.o
 LOADLIBES := $(filter-out @%@,$(LOADLIBES))
 ALLOCA := $(filter-out @%@,$(ALLOCA))
+CPPFLAGS := $(filter-out @%@,$(defines) $(CPPFLAGS)) -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
 
 ifdef AC_MACRODIR
 configure config.h.in: $(patsubst %,$(AC_MACRODIR)/%.m4,acspecific acgeneral)
 config.h.in: $(AC_MACRODIR)/acconfig.h
 endif
-configure: configure.in; autoconf $(ACFLAGS)
-config.h.in: configure.in; autoheader $(ACFLAGS)
+configure: configure.in aclocal.m4
+	autoconf $(ACFLAGS)
+	test -d CVS && cvs commit -m'autoconf $(ACFLAGS)' $@
+config.h.in: configure.in aclocal.m4
+	autoheader $(ACFLAGS)
+	test -d CVS && cvs commit -m'autoheader $(ACFLAGS)' $@
 
 ifdef customs
 defines := $(defines) -Ipmake/customs -Ipmake/lib/include
@@ -84,12 +89,10 @@ GETOPT =
 #GETOPT_SRC = Don't clear this or dist will break.
 
 # glob is in libc too.
-GLOB = 
+GLOB =
 
 else
 
-CPPFLAGS := $(filter-out @%@,$(CPPFLAGS)) -Iglob
-
 endif	 # works-for-make
 endif	 # $(libc_dir)
 endif	 # !no_libc
@@ -110,7 +113,7 @@ $(archpfx)load.o: load.c
 $(archpfx)load.dep: load.c
 	$(mkdep) $(LOAD_AVG) $< | sed 's,$*\.o,& $@,' > $@
 
-CPPFLAGS := -I$(ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS) -DHAVE_CONFIG_H $(filter-out @%@,$(defines))
+CPPFLAGS := -I$(ARCH) -Iglob -DHAVE_CONFIG_H $(filter-out @%@,$(CPPFLAGS))
 
 ifneq "$(wildcard $(ARCH)/makefile)" ""
 include $(ARCH)/makefile
@@ -122,7 +125,8 @@ prog := make
 endif
 
 ifneq	"$(findstring gcc,$(CC))" ""
-CFLAGS = -g -W -Wunused -Wpointer-arith -Wreturn-type -Wswitch
+CFLAGS = -g -Wall -Wtraditional -Wid-clash-31 -Wpointer-arith \
+	    -Wbad-function-cast -Wconversion
 else
 CFLAGS = -g
 endif
@@ -147,14 +151,16 @@ $(prog): $(objs) $(globdep) #$(addprefix $(ARCH)/,gmalloc.o mcheck.o)
 	$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) $^ $(globlib) $(LOADLIBES) -o $@.new
 	mv -f $@.new $@
 
-globfiles = $(addprefix glob/,COPYING.LIB Makefile.in \
-			glob.c fnmatch.c glob.h fnmatch.h)
+libc-srcdir = /home/gd/gnu/libc
+globfiles = $(addprefix glob/,COPYING.LIB configure.in configure Makefile.in \
+			configure.bat glob.c fnmatch.c glob.h fnmatch.h)
 $(globfiles): stamp-glob ;
-stamp-glob: /home/gd/gnu/libc/posix/glob.tar
-	-rm -rf glob
+stamp-glob: $(libc-srcdir)/posix/glob.tar
+	-rm -f stamp-glob glob/*
 	tar xvf $< glob
+	cvs commit -m'Updated from libc' glob
 	touch $@
-/home/gd/gnu/libc/posix/glob.tar: force
+$(libc-srcdir)/posix/glob.tar: force
 	$(MAKE) -C $(@D) $(@F) no_deps=t
 .PHONY: force
 force:
@@ -175,6 +181,7 @@ Makefile.in: compatMakefile $(nolib-deps:remote-%.dep=remote-stub.dep)
 	 echo '# Automatically generated dependencies.'; \
 	 sed -e 's/ [^ ]*\.dep//' -e 's=$(archpfx)==' $(filter-out $<,$^) \
 	) > $@
+	cvs commit -mRegenerated $@
 
 .SUFFIXES: .dep
 # Maintain the automatically-generated dependencies.
@@ -197,7 +204,9 @@ build.sh.in: build.template compatMakefile
 	       $(patsubst $(archpfx)%,%,$(objs)))\
 	       $(patsubst %.c,%.o,$(filter %.c,$(globfiles)))@' \
 	    $< > $@.new
+	chmod a+x $@.new
 	mv -f $@.new $@
+	cvs commit -mRegenerated $@
 
 # Make the distribution tar files.
 
@@ -209,18 +218,25 @@ tarfiles := make # make-doc
 tarfiles := $(addsuffix -$(version).tar,$(tarfiles))
 tarfiles := $(tarfiles:%=%.gz) # no more compress $(tarfiles:%=%.Z)
 # Depend on default and doc so we don't ship anything that won't compile.
-dist: rcs-mark default info dvi tests tarfiles
+dist: cvs-mark default info dvi tests tarfiles
 .PHONY: tarfiles
 tarfiles: $(tarfiles)
 
+distfiles=README INSTALL COPYING ChangeLog NEWS \
+          configure Makefile.in configure.in build.sh.in mkinstalldirs \
+	  configh.dos configure.bat \
+	  aclocal.m4 acconfig.h $(srcs) remote-*.c $(globfiles) \
+	  make.texinfo make-stds.texi \
+	  make.?? make.??s make.toc make.aux make.man texinfo.tex TAGS tags \
+	  install-sh \
+	  make.info make.info*
+
 ifndef dist-flavor
 dist-flavor = alpha
 endif
-.PHONY: rcs-mark rcs-mark-alpha rcs-mark-beta
-rcs-mark: rcs-mark-$(dist-flavor)
-rcs-mark-alpha: RCS/[!=]*,v;rcs -sAlpha -Nmake-$(version-): $^
-rcs-mark-beta: RCS/[!=]*,v;rcs -sBeta -Nmake-$(version-): $^
-version- = $(subst .,-,$(version))
+.PHONY: cvs-mark
+cvs-mark: $(distfiles)
+	cvs tag -F make-$(subst .,-,$(version))
 
 dist: local-inst
 .PHONY: local-inst
@@ -244,6 +260,7 @@ $(alpha-dir)/%: %
 	sed 's/VERSION/$(version)/' < $< > $@
 # Make sure I don't edit it by accident.
 	chmod a-w $@
+	cvs commit -m'Regenerated for $(version)' $@
 
 define make-tar
 @rm -fr make-$(version)
@@ -255,15 +272,7 @@ endef
 %.Z: %; compress -c $< > $@
 %.gz: %; gzip -9 -c -v $< > $@
 
-make-doc-$(version).tar: README-doc COPYING make.dvi make.info make.info*
-	$(make-tar)
-make-$(version).tar: README INSTALL COPYING ChangeLog NEWS \
-          configure Makefile.in configure.in build.sh.in mkinstalldirs \
-	  acconfig.h $(srcs) remote-*.c $(globfiles) \
-	  make.texinfo make-stds.texi \
-	  make.?? make.??s make.toc make.aux make.man texinfo.tex TAGS tags \
-	  install-sh \
-	  make.info make.info*
+make-$(version).tar: $(distfiles)
 	$(make-tar)
 
 ifneq (,)

INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   These are generic installation instructions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
+`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
+reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
+(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If at some point `config.cache'
+contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
+called `autoconf'.  You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
+it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.  If you're
+     using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
+     `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
+     `configure' itself.
+
+     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
+     messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.
+
+  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  You can give `configure'
+initial values for variables by setting them in the environment.  Using
+a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
+this:
+     CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
+
+Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
+     env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
+supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+   If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
+variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
+in the source code directory.  After you have installed the package for
+one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
+architecture.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
+`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc.  You can specify an
+installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
+option `--prefix=PATH'.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
+PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
+will run on.  Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
+`--host=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the host type.
+
+   If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
+use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
+produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
+system on which you are compiling the package.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Operation Controls
+==================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
+     `./config.cache'.  Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
+     debugging `configure'.
+
+`--help'
+     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--version'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
+

Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+# NOTE: If you have no `make' program at all to process this makefile, run
+# `build.sh' instead.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1988,89,91,92,93,94,95,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is part of GNU Make.
+#
+# GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# GNU Make is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with GNU Make; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+# the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+#
+#	Makefile for GNU Make
+#
+
+# Ultrix 2.2 make doesn't expand the value of VPATH.
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+# This must repeat the value, because configure will remove `VPATH = .'.
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+
+CC = @CC@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+# Define these for your system as follows:
+#	-DNO_ARCHIVES		To disable `ar' archive support.
+#	-DNO_FLOAT		To avoid using floating-point numbers.
+#	-DENUM_BITFIELDS	If the compiler isn't GCC but groks enum foo:2.
+#				Some compilers apparently accept this
+#				without complaint but produce losing code,
+#				so beware.
+# NeXT 1.0a uses an old version of GCC, which required -D__inline=inline.
+# See also `config.h'.
+defines = @DEFS@ -DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DINCLUDEDIR=\"$(includedir)\"
+
+# Which flavor of remote job execution support to use.
+# The code is found in `remote-$(REMOTE).c'.
+REMOTE = @REMOTE@
+
+# If your system doesn't have alloca, or the one provided is bad, define this.
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+ALLOCA_SRC = $(srcdir)/alloca.c
+
+# If your system needs extra libraries loaded in, define them here.
+# System V probably need -lPW for alloca.  HP-UX 7.0's alloca in
+# libPW.a is broken on HP9000s300 and HP9000s400 machines.  Use
+# alloca.c instead on those machines.
+LOADLIBES = @LIBS@
+
+# Any extra object files your system needs.
+extras = @LIBOBJS@
+
+# Common prefix for machine-independent installed files.
+prefix = @prefix@
+# Common prefix for machine-dependent installed files.
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+# Directory to install `make' in.
+bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
+# Directory to find libraries in for `-lXXX'.
+libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
+# Directory to search by default for included makefiles.
+includedir = $(prefix)/include
+# Directory to install the Info files in.
+infodir = $(prefix)/info
+# Directory to install the man page in.
+mandir = $(prefix)/man/man$(manext)
+# Number to put on the man page filename.
+manext = 1
+# Prefix to put on installed `make' binary file name.
+binprefix =
+# Prefix to put on installed `make' man page file name.
+manprefix = $(binprefix)
+
+# Whether or not make needs to be installed setgid.
+# The value should be either `true' or `false'.
+# On many systems, the getloadavg function (used to implement the `-l'
+# switch) will not work unless make is installed setgid kmem.
+install_setgid = @NEED_SETGID@
+# Install make setgid to this group so it can read /dev/kmem.
+group = @KMEM_GROUP@
+
+# Program to install `make'.
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+# Program to install the man page.
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+# Generic install program.
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+
+# Program to format Texinfo source into Info files.
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+# Program to format Texinfo source into DVI files.
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+
+# Programs to make tags files.
+ETAGS = etags -w
+CTAGS = ctags -w
+
+objs = commands.o job.o dir.o file.o misc.o main.o read.o remake.o	\
+       rule.o implicit.o default.o variable.o expand.o function.o	\
+       vpath.o version.o ar.o arscan.o signame.o remote-$(REMOTE).o	\
+       getopt.o getopt1.o glob/libglob.a				\
+       $(ALLOCA) $(extras)
+srcs = $(srcdir)/commands.c $(srcdir)/job.c $(srcdir)/dir.c		\
+       $(srcdir)/file.c $(srcdir)/getloadavg.c $(srcdir)/misc.c		\
+       $(srcdir)/main.c $(srcdir)/read.c $(srcdir)/remake.c		\
+       $(srcdir)/rule.c $(srcdir)/implicit.c $(srcdir)/default.c	\
+       $(srcdir)/variable.c $(srcdir)/expand.c $(srcdir)/function.c	\
+       $(srcdir)/vpath.c $(srcdir)/version.c				\
+       $(srcdir)/remote-$(REMOTE).c					\
+       $(srcdir)/ar.c $(srcdir)/arscan.c				\
+       $(srcdir)/signame.c $(srcdir)/signame.h getopt.c getopt1.c	\
+       $(srcdir)/commands.h $(srcdir)/dep.h $(srcdir)/file.h		\
+       $(srcdir)/job.h $(srcdir)/make.h $(srcdir)/rule.h		\
+       $(srcdir)/variable.h $(ALLOCA_SRC) $(srcdir)/config.h.in
+
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .o .c .h .ps .dvi .info .texinfo
+
+all: make
+info: make.info
+dvi: make.dvi
+# Some makes apparently use .PHONY as the default goal if it is before `all'.
+.PHONY: all check info dvi
+
+make.info: make.texinfo
+	$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) $(srcdir)/make.texinfo -o make.info
+
+make.dvi: make.texinfo
+	$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/make.texinfo
+
+make.ps: make.dvi
+	dvi2ps make.dvi > make.ps
+
+make: $(objs)
+	$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) $(objs) $(LOADLIBES) -o make.new
+	mv -f make.new make
+
+# -I. is needed to find config.h in the build directory.
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) $(defines) -c -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(srcdir)/glob \
+	      $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $< $(OUTPUT_OPTION)
+
+# For some losing Unix makes.
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+glob/libglob.a: FORCE config.h
+	cd glob; $(MAKE) libglob.a
+FORCE:
+
+tagsrcs = $(srcs) $(srcdir)/remote-*.c
+TAGS: $(tagsrcs)
+	$(ETAGS) $(tagsrcs)
+tags: $(tagsrcs)
+	$(CTAGS) $(tagsrcs)
+
+.PHONY: install installdirs
+install: installdirs \
+	 $(bindir)/$(binprefix)make $(infodir)/make.info \
+	 $(mandir)/$(manprefix)make.$(manext)
+
+installdirs:
+	$(SHELL) ${srcdir}/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(infodir) $(mandir)
+
+$(bindir)/$(binprefix)make: make
+	$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) make $@.new
+	@if $(install_setgid); then \
+	   if chgrp $(group) $@.new && chmod g+s $@.new; then \
+	     echo "chgrp $(group) $@.new && chmod g+s $@.new"; \
+	   else \
+	     echo "$@ needs to be owned by group $(group) and setgid;"; \
+	     echo "otherwise the \`-l' option will probably not work."; \
+	     echo "You may need special privileges to install $@."; \
+	   fi; \
+	 else true; fi
+# Some systems can't deal with renaming onto a running binary.
+	-rm -f $@.old
+	-mv $@ $@.old
+	mv $@.new $@
+
+$(infodir)/make.info: make.info
+	if [ -r ./make.info ]; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	for file in $${dir}/make.info*; do \
+	  name="`basename $$file`"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file \
+	    `echo $@ | sed "s,make.info\$$,$$name,"`; \
+	done
+# Run install-info only if it exists.
+# Use `if' instead of just prepending `-' to the
+# line so we notice real errors from install-info.
+# We use `$(SHELL) -c' because some shells do not
+# fail gracefully when there is an unknown command.
+	if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  if [ -r ./make.info ]; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  install-info --infodir=$(infodir) $$dir/make.info; \
+	else true; fi
+
+$(mandir)/$(manprefix)make.$(manext): make.man
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/make.man $@
+
+
+loadavg: loadavg.c config.h
+	$(CC) $(defines) -DTEST -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) \
+	      loadavg.c $(LOADLIBES) -o $@
+# We copy getloadavg.c into a different file rather than compiling it
+# directly because some compilers clobber getloadavg.o in the process.
+loadavg.c: getloadavg.c
+	ln $(srcdir)/getloadavg.c loadavg.c || \
+	cp $(srcdir)/getloadavg.c loadavg.c
+check-loadavg: loadavg
+	@echo The system uptime program believes the load average to be:
+	-uptime
+	@echo The GNU load average checking code believes:
+	./loadavg
+check: check-loadavg
+
+
+.PHONY: clean realclean distclean mostlyclean
+clean: glob-clean
+	-rm -f make loadavg *.o core make.dvi
+distclean: clean glob-realclean
+	-rm -f Makefile config.h config.status build.sh stamp-config
+	-rm -f config.log config.cache
+	-rm -f TAGS tags
+	-rm -f make.?? make.??s make.log make.toc make.*aux
+	-rm -f loadavg.c
+realclean: distclean
+	-rm -f make.info*
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+.PHONY: glob-clean glob-realclean
+glob-clean glob-realclean:
+	cd glob; $(MAKE) $@
+
+Makefile: config.status $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+	$(SHELL) config.status
+glob/Makefile: config.status $(srcdir)/glob/Makefile.in
+	$(SHELL) config.status
+config.h: stamp-config ;
+stamp-config: config.status $(srcdir)/config.h.in
+	$(SHELL) config.status
+	touch stamp-config
+
+#configure: configure.in aclocal.m4
+#	cd $(srcdir) && autoconf $(ACFLAGS)
+#config.h.in: configure.in aclocal.m4
+#	cd $(srcdir) && autoheader $(ACFLAGS)
+
+# This tells versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+.NOEXPORT:
+
+# The automatically generated dependencies below may omit config.h
+# because it is included with ``#include <config.h>'' rather than
+# ``#include "config.h"''.  So we add the explicit dependency to make sure.
+$(objs): config.h
+
+# Automatically generated dependencies will be put at the end of the file.
+
+# Automatically generated dependencies.
+commands.o: commands.c make.h dep.h commands.h file.h variable.h job.h
+job.o: job.c make.h commands.h job.h file.h variable.h
+dir.o: dir.c make.h
+file.o: file.c make.h commands.h dep.h file.h variable.h
+misc.o: misc.c make.h dep.h
+main.o: main.c make.h commands.h dep.h file.h variable.h job.h \
+ getopt.h
+read.o: read.c make.h commands.h dep.h file.h variable.h glob/glob.h
+remake.o: remake.c make.h commands.h job.h dep.h file.h
+rule.o: rule.c make.h commands.h dep.h file.h variable.h rule.h
+implicit.o: implicit.c make.h rule.h dep.h file.h
+default.o: default.c make.h rule.h dep.h file.h commands.h variable.h
+variable.o: variable.c make.h commands.h variable.h dep.h file.h
+expand.o: expand.c make.h commands.h file.h variable.h
+function.o: function.c make.h variable.h dep.h commands.h job.h
+vpath.o: vpath.c make.h file.h variable.h
+version.o: version.c
+ar.o: ar.c make.h file.h dep.h
+arscan.o: arscan.c make.h
+signame.o: signame.c signame.h
+remote-stub.o: remote-stub.c make.h commands.h
+getopt.o: getopt.c
+getopt1.o: getopt1.c getopt.h
+getloadavg.o: getloadavg.c

NEWS

@@ -0,0 +1,568 @@
+GNU make NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  28 February 1996
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+See the end for copying conditions.
+
+Please send GNU make bug reports to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+Version 3.75
+
+* The directory messages printed by `-w' and implicitly in sub-makes,
+  are now omitted if Make runs no commands and has no other messages to print.
+
+* Make now detects files that for whatever reason have modification times
+  in the future and gives an error.  Files with such impossible timestamps
+  can result from unsynchronized clocks, or archived distributions
+  containing bogus timestamps; they confuse Make's dependency engine
+  thoroughly.
+
+Version 3.73
+
+* Converted to use Autoconf version 2, so `configure' has some new options.
+  See INSTALL for details.
+
+* You can now send a SIGUSR1 signal to Make to toggle printing of debugging
+  output enabled by -d, at any time during the run.
+
+Version 3.72
+
+* DJ Delorie has ported Make to MS-DOS using the GO32 extender.
+  He is maintaining the DOS port, not the GNU Make maintainer;
+  please direct bugs and questions for DOS to <djgpp@sun.soe.clarkson.edu>.
+  MS-DOS binaries are available for FTP from oak.oakland.edu:pub/msdos/djgpp.
+
+* The `MAKEFLAGS' variable (in the environment or in a makefile) can now
+  contain variable definitions itself; these are treated just like
+  command-line variable definitions.  Make will automatically insert any
+  variable definitions from the environment value of `MAKEFLAGS' or from
+  the command line, into the `MAKEFLAGS' value exported to children.  The
+  `MAKEOVERRIDES' variable previously included in the value of `$(MAKE)'
+  for sub-makes is now included in `MAKEFLAGS' instead.  As before, you can
+  reset `MAKEOVERRIDES' in your makefile to avoid putting all the variables
+  in the environment when its size is limited.
+
+* If `.DELETE_ON_ERROR' appears as a target, Make will delete the target of
+  a rule if it has changed when its commands exit with a nonzero status,
+  just as when the commands get a signal.
+
+* The automatic variable `$+' is new.  It lists all the dependencies like
+  `$^', but preserves duplicates listed in the makefile.  This is useful
+  for linking rules, where library files sometimes need to be listed twice
+  in the link order.
+
+* You can now specify the `.IGNORE' and `.SILENT' special targets with
+  dependencies to limit their effects to those files.  If a file appears as
+  a dependency of `.IGNORE', then errors will be ignored while running the
+  commands to update that file.  Likewise if a file appears as a dependency
+  of `.SILENT', then the commands to update that file will not be printed
+  before they are run.  (This change was made to conform to POSIX.2.)
+
+Version 3.71
+
+* The automatic variables `$(@D)', `$(%D)', `$(*D)', `$(<D)', `$(?D)', and
+  `$(^D)' now omit the trailing slash from the directory name.  (This change
+  was made to comply with POSIX.2.)
+
+* The source distribution now includes the Info files for the Make manual.
+  There is no longer a separate distribution containing Info and DVI files.
+
+* You can now set the variables `binprefix' and/or `manprefix' in
+  Makefile.in (or on the command line when installing) to install GNU make
+  under a name other than `make' (i.e., ``make binprefix=g install''
+  installs GNU make as `gmake').
+
+* The built-in Texinfo rules use the new variables `TEXI2DVI_FLAGS' for
+  flags to the `texi2dvi' script, and `MAKEINFO_FLAGS' for flags to the
+  Makeinfo program.
+
+* The exit status of Make when it runs into errors is now 2 instead of 1.
+  The exit status is 1 only when using -q and some target is not up to date.
+  (This change was made to comply with POSIX.2.)
+
+Version 3.70
+
+* It is no longer a fatal error to have a NUL character in a makefile.
+  You should never put a NUL in a makefile because it can have strange
+  results, but otherwise empty lines full of NULs (such as produced by
+  the `xmkmf' program) will always work fine.
+
+* The error messages for nonexistent included makefiles now refer to the
+  makefile name and line number where the `include' appeared, so Emacs's
+  C-x ` command takes you there (in case it's a typo you need to fix).
+
+Version 3.69
+
+* Implicit rule search for archive member references is now done in the
+  opposite order from previous versions: the whole target name `LIB(MEM)'
+  first, and just the member name and parentheses `(MEM)' second.
+
+* Make now gives an error for an unterminated variable or function reference.
+  For example, `$(foo' with no matching `)' or `${bar' with no matching `}'.
+
+* The new default variable `MAKE_VERSION' gives the version number of
+  Make, and a string describing the remote job support compiled in (if any).
+  Thus the value (in this release) is something like `3.69' or `3.69-Customs'.
+
+* Commands in an invocation of the `shell' function are no longer run with
+  a modified environment like target commands are.  As in versions before
+  3.68, they now run with the environment that `make' started with.  We
+  have reversed the change made in version 3.68 because it turned out to
+  cause a paradoxical situation in cases like:
+
+	export variable = $(shell echo value)
+
+  When Make attempted to put this variable in the environment for a target
+  command, it would try expand the value by running the shell command
+  `echo value'.  In version 3.68, because it constructed an environment
+  for that shell command in the same way, Make would begin to go into an
+  infinite loop and then get a fatal error when it detected the loop.
+
+* The commands given for `.DEFAULT' are now used for phony targets with no
+  commands.
+
+Version 3.68
+
+* You can list several archive member names inside parenthesis:
+  `lib(mem1 mem2 mem3)' is equivalent to `lib(mem1) lib(mem2) lib(mem3)'.
+
+* You can use wildcards inside archive member references.  For example,
+  `lib(*.o)' expands to all existing members of `lib' whose names end in
+  `.o' (e.g. `lib(a.o) lib(b.o)'); `*.a(*.o)' expands to all such members
+  of all existing files whose names end in `.a' (e.g. `foo.a(a.o)
+  foo.a(b.o) bar.a(c.o) bar.a(d.o)'.
+
+* A suffix rule `.X.a' now produces two pattern rules:
+	(%.o): %.X	# Previous versions produced only this.
+	%.a: %.X	# Now produces this as well, just like other suffixes.
+
+* The new flag `--warn-undefined-variables' says to issue a warning message
+  whenever Make expands a reference to an undefined variable.
+
+* The new `-include' directive is just like `include' except that there is
+  no error (not even a warning) for a nonexistent makefile.
+
+* Commands in an invocation of the `shell' function are now run with a
+  modified environment like target commands are, so you can use `export' et
+  al to set up variables for them.  They used to run with the environment
+  that `make' started with.
+
+Version 3.66
+
+* `make --version' (or `make -v') now exits immediately after printing
+  the version number.
+
+Version 3.65
+
+* Make now supports long-named members in `ar' archive files.
+
+Version 3.64
+
+* Make now supports the `+=' syntax for a variable definition which appends
+  to the variable's previous value.  See the section `Appending More Text
+  to Variables' in the manual for full details.
+
+* The new option `--no-print-directory' inhibits the `-w' or
+  `--print-directory' feature.  Make turns on `--print-directory'
+  automatically if you use `-C' or `--directory', and in sub-makes; some
+  users have found this behavior undesirable.
+
+* The built-in implicit rules now support the alternative extension
+  `.txinfo' for Texinfo files, just like `.texinfo' and `.texi'.
+
+Version 3.63
+
+* Make now uses a standard GNU `configure' script.  See the new file
+  INSTALL for the new (and much simpler) installation procedure.
+
+* There is now a shell script to build Make the first time, if you have no
+  other `make' program.  `build.sh' is created by `configure'; see README.
+
+* GNU Make now completely conforms to the POSIX.2 specification for `make'.
+
+* Elements of the `$^' and `$?' automatic variables that are archive
+  member references now list only the member name, as in Unix and POSIX.2.
+
+* You should no longer ever need to specify the `-w' switch, which prints
+  the current directory before and after Make runs.  The `-C' switch to
+  change directory, and recursive use of Make, now set `-w' automatically.
+
+* Multiple double-colon rules for the same target will no longer have their
+  commands run simultaneously under -j, as this could result in the two
+  commands trying to change the file at the same time and interfering with
+  one another.
+
+* The `SHELL' variable is now never taken from the environment.
+  Each makefile that wants a shell other than the default (/bin/sh) must
+  set SHELL itself.  SHELL is always exported to child processes.
+  This change was made for compatibility with POSIX.2.
+
+* Make now accepts long options.  There is now an informative usage message
+  that tells you what all the options are and what they do.  Try `make --help'.
+
+* There are two new directives: `export' and `unexport'.  All variables are
+  no longer automatically put into the environments of the commands that
+  Make runs.  Instead, only variables specified on the command line or in
+  the environment are exported by default.  To export others, use:
+	export VARIABLE
+  or you can define variables with:
+	export VARIABLE = VALUE
+  or:
+	export VARIABLE := VALUE
+  You can use just:
+	export
+  or:
+	.EXPORT_ALL_VARIABLES:
+  to get the old behavior.  See the node `Variables/Recursion' in the manual
+  for a full description.
+
+* The commands from the `.DEFAULT' special target are only applied to
+  targets which have no rules at all, not all targets with no commands.
+  This change was made for compatibility with Unix make.
+
+* All fatal error messages now contain `***', so they are easy to find in
+  compilation logs.
+
+* Dependency file names like `-lNAME' are now replaced with the actual file
+  name found, as with files found by normal directory search (VPATH).
+  The library file `libNAME.a' may now be found in the current directory,
+  which is checked before VPATH; the standard set of directories (/lib,
+  /usr/lib, /usr/local/lib) is now checked last.
+  See the node `Libraries/Search' in the manual for full details.
+
+* A single `include' directive can now specify more than one makefile to
+  include, like this:
+	include file1 file2
+  You can also use shell file name patterns in an `include' directive:
+	include *.mk
+
+* The default directories to search for included makefiles, and for
+  libraries specified with `-lNAME', are now set by configuration.
+
+* You can now use blanks as well as colons to separate the directories in a
+  search path for the `vpath' directive or the `VPATH' variable.
+
+* You can now use variables and functions in the left hand side of a
+  variable assignment, as in "$(foo)bar = value".
+
+* The `MAKE' variable is always defined as `$(MAKE_COMMAND) $(MAKEOVERRIDES)'.
+  The `MAKE_COMMAND' variable is now defined to the name with which make
+  was invoked.
+
+* The built-in rules for C++ compilation now use the variables `$(CXX)' and
+  `$(CXXFLAGS)' instead of `$(C++)' and `$(C++FLAGS)'.  The old names had
+  problems with shells that cannot have `+' in environment variable names.
+
+* The value of a recursively expanded variable is now expanded when putting
+  it into the environment for child processes.  This change was made for
+  compatibility with Unix make.
+
+* A rule with no targets before the `:' is now accepted and ignored.
+  This change was made for compatibility with SunOS 4 make.
+  We do not recommend that you write your makefiles to take advantage of this.
+
+* The `-I' switch can now be used in MAKEFLAGS, and are put there
+  automatically just like other switches.
+
+Version 3.61
+
+* Built-in rules for C++ source files with the `.C' suffix.
+  We still recommend that you use `.cc' instead.
+
+* If commands are given too many times for a single target,
+  the last set given is used, and a warning message is printed.
+
+* Error messages about makefiles are in standard GNU error format,
+  so C-x ` in Emacs works on them.
+
+* Dependencies of pattern rules which contain no % need not actually exist
+  if they can be created (just like dependencies which do have a %).
+
+Version 3.60
+
+* A message is always printed when Make decides there is nothing to be done.
+  It used to be that no message was printed for top-level phony targets
+  (because "`phony' is up to date" isn't quite right).  Now a different
+  message "Nothing to be done for `phony'" is printed in that case.
+
+* Archives on AIX now supposedly work.
+
+* When the commands specified for .DEFAULT are used to update a target,
+  the $< automatic variable is given the same value as $@ for that target.
+  This is how Unix make behaves, and this behavior is mandated by POSIX.2.
+
+Version 3.59
+
+* The -n, -q, and -t options are not put in the `MAKEFLAGS' and `MFLAG'
+  variables while remaking makefiles, so recursive makes done while remaking
+  makefiles will behave properly.
+
+* If the special target `.NOEXPORT' is specified in a makefile,
+  only variables that came from the environment and variables
+  defined on the command line are exported.
+
+Version 3.58
+
+* Suffix rules may have dependencies (which are ignored).
+
+Version 3.57
+
+* Dependencies of the form `-lLIB' are searched for as /usr/local/lib/libLIB.a
+  as well as libLIB.a in /usr/lib, /lib, the current directory, and VPATH.
+
+Version 3.55
+
+* There is now a Unix man page for GNU Make.  It is certainly not a replacement
+for the Texinfo manual, but it documents the basic functionality and the
+switches.  For full documentation, you should still read the Texinfo manual.
+Thanks to Dennis Morse of Stanford University for contributing the initial
+version of this.
+
+* Variables which are defined by default (e.g., `CC') will no longer be put
+into the environment for child processes.  (If these variables are reset by the
+environment, makefiles, or the command line, they will still go into the
+environment.)
+
+* Makefiles which have commands but no dependencies (and thus are always
+  considered out of date and in need of remaking), will not be remade (if they
+  were being remade only because they were makefiles).  This means that GNU
+  Make will no longer go into an infinite loop when fed the makefiles that
+  `imake' (necessary to build X Windows) produces.
+
+* There is no longer a warning for using the `vpath' directive with an explicit
+pathname (instead of a `%' pattern).
+
+Version 3.51
+
+* When removing intermediate files, only one `rm' command line is printed,
+listing all file names.
+
+* There are now automatic variables `$(^D)', `$(^F)', `$(?D)', and `$(?F)'.
+These are the directory-only and file-only versions of `$^' and `$?'.
+
+* Library dependencies given as `-lNAME' will use "libNAME.a" in the current
+directory if it exists.
+
+* The automatic variable `$($/)' is no longer defined.
+
+* Leading `+' characters on a command line make that line be executed even
+under -n, -t, or -q (as if the line contained `$(MAKE)').
+
+* For command lines containing `$(MAKE)', `${MAKE}', or leading `+' characters,
+only those lines are executed, not their entire rules.
+(This is how Unix make behaves for lines containing `$(MAKE)' or `${MAKE}'.)
+
+Version 3.50
+
+* Filenames in rules will now have ~ and ~USER expanded.
+
+* The `-p' output has been changed so it can be used as a makefile.
+(All information that isn't specified by makefiles is prefaced with comment
+characters.)
+
+Version 3.49
+
+* The % character can be quoted with backslash in implicit pattern rules,
+static pattern rules, `vpath' directives, and `patsubst', `filter', and
+`filter-out' functions.  A warning is issued if a `vpath' directive's
+pattern contains no %.
+
+* The `wildcard' variable expansion function now expands ~ and ~USER.
+
+* Messages indicating failed commands now contain the target name:
+	make: *** [target] Error 1
+
+* The `-p' output format has been changed somewhat to look more like
+makefile rules and to give all information that Make has about files.
+
+Version 3.48
+
+Version 3.47
+
+* The `-l' switch with no argument removes any previous load-average limit.
+
+* When the `-w' switch is in effect, and Make has updated makefiles,
+it will write a `Leaving directory' messagfe before re-executing itself.
+This makes the `directory change tracking' changes to Emacs's compilation
+commands work properly.
+
+Version 3.46
+
+* The automatic variable `$*' is now defined for explicit rules,
+as it is in Unix make.
+
+Version 3.45
+
+* The `-j' switch is now put in the MAKEFLAGS and MFLAGS variables when
+specified without an argument (indicating infinite jobs).
+The `-l' switch is not always put in the MAKEFLAGS and MFLAGS variables.
+
+* Make no longer checks hashed directories after running commands.
+The behavior implemented in 3.41 caused too much slowdown.
+
+Version 3.44
+
+* A dependency is NOT considered newer than its dependent if
+they have the same modification time.  The behavior implemented
+in 3.43 conflicts with RCS.
+
+Version 3.43
+
+* Dependency loops are no longer fatal errors.
+
+* A dependency is considered newer than its dependent if
+they have the same modification time.
+
+Version 3.42
+
+* The variables F77 and F77FLAGS are now set by default to $(FC) and
+$(FFLAGS).  Makefiles designed for System V make may use these variables in
+explicit rules and expect them to be set.  Unfortunately, there is no way to
+make setting these affect the Fortran implicit rules unless FC and FFLAGS
+are not used (and these are used by BSD make).
+
+Version 3.41
+
+* Make now checks to see if its hashed directories are changed by commands.
+Other makes that hash directories (Sun, 4.3 BSD) don't do this.
+
+Version 3.39
+
+* The `shell' function no longer captures standard error output.
+
+Version 3.32
+
+* A file beginning with a dot can be the default target if it also contains
+a slash (e.g., `../bin/foo').  (Unix make allows this as well.)
+
+Version 3.31
+
+* Archive member names are truncated to 15 characters.
+
+* Yet more USG stuff.
+
+* Minimal support for Microport System V (a 16-bit machine and a
+brain-damaged compiler).  This has even lower priority than other USG
+support, so if it gets beyond trivial, I will take it out completely.
+
+* Revamped default implicit rules (not much visible change).
+
+* The -d and -p options can come from the environment.
+
+Version 3.30
+
+* Improved support for USG and HPUX (hopefully).
+
+* A variable reference like `$(foo:a=b)', if `a' contains a `%', is
+equivalent to `$(patsubst a,b,$(foo))'.
+
+* Defining .DEFAULT with no deps or commands clears its commands.
+
+* New default implicit rules for .S (cpp, then as), and .sh (copy and make
+executable).  All default implicit rules that use cpp (even indirectly), use
+$(CPPFLAGS).
+
+Version 3.29
+
+* Giving the -j option with no arguments gives you infinite jobs.
+
+Version 3.28
+
+* New option: "-l LOAD" says not to start any new jobs while others are
+running if the load average is not below LOAD (a floating-point number).
+
+* There is support in place for implementations of remote command execution
+in Make.  See the file remote.c.
+
+Version 3.26
+
+* No more than 10 directories will be kept open at once.
+(This number can be changed by redefining MAX_OPEN_DIRECTORIES in dir.c.)
+
+Version 3.25
+
+* Archive files will have their modification times recorded before doing
+anything that might change their modification times by updating an archive
+member.
+
+Version 3.20
+
+* The `MAKELEVEL' variable is defined for use by makefiles.
+
+Version 3.19
+
+* The recursion level indications in error messages are much shorter than
+they were in version 3.14.
+
+Version 3.18
+
+* Leading spaces before directives are ignored (as documented).
+
+* Included makefiles can determine the default goal target.
+(System V Make does it this way, so we are being compatible).
+
+Version 3.14.
+
+* Variables that are defaults built into Make will not be put in the
+environment for children.  This just saves some environment space and,
+except under -e, will be transparent to sub-makes.
+
+* Error messages from sub-makes will indicate the level of recursion.
+
+* Hopefully some speed-up for large directories due to a change in the
+directory hashing scheme.
+
+* One child will always get a standard input that is usable.
+
+* Default makefiles that don't exist will be remade and read in.
+
+Version 3.13.
+
+* Count parentheses inside expansion function calls so you can
+have nested calls: `$(sort $(foreach x,a b,$(x)))'.
+
+Version 3.12.
+
+* Several bug fixes, including USG and Sun386i support.
+
+* `shell' function to expand shell commands a la `
+
+* If the `-d' flag is given, version information will be printed.
+
+* The `-c' option has been renamed to `-C' for compatibility with tar.
+
+* The `-p' option no longer inhibits other normal operation.
+
+* Makefiles will be updated and re-read if necessary.
+
+* Can now run several commands at once (parallelism), -j option.
+
+* Error messages will contain the level of Make recursion, if any.
+
+* The `MAKEFLAGS' and `MFLAGS' variables will be scanned for options after
+makefiles are read.
+
+* A double-colon rule with no dependencies will always have its commands run.
+(This is how both the BSD and System V versions of Make do it.)
+
+Version 3.05
+
+(Changes from versions 1 through 3.05 were never recorded.  Sorry.)
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Copyright information:
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
+   of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
+   copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
+   thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
+
+   Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
+   of this document, or of portions of it,
+   under the above conditions, provided also that they
+   carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
+
+Local variables:
+version-control: never
+end:

README

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+This directory contains the 3.74.3 test release of GNU Make.
+All bugs reported for previous test releases have been fixed.
+Some bugs surely remain.
+
+For general building and installation instructions, see the file INSTALL.
+If you need to build GNU Make and have no other `make' program to use,
+you can use the shell script `build.sh' instead.  To do this, first run
+`configure' as described in INSTALL.  Then, instead of typing `make' to
+build the program, type `sh build.sh'.  This should compile the program
+in the current directory.  Then you will have a Make program that you can
+use for `make install', or whatever else.
+
+Some systems' Make programs are broken and cannot process the Makefile for
+GNU Make.  If you get errors from your system's Make when building GNU
+Make, try using `build.sh' instead.
+
+It has been reported that the XLC 1.2 compiler on AIX 3.2 is buggy such
+that if you compile make with `cc -O' on AIX 3.2, it will not work correctly.
+It is said that using `cc' without `-O' does work.
+
+One area that is often a problem in configuration and porting is the code
+to check the system's current load average.  To make it easier to test and
+debug this code, you can do `make check-loadavg' to see if it works
+properly on your system.  (You must run `configure' beforehand, but you
+need not build Make itself to run this test.)
+
+See the file NEWS for what has changed since previous releases.
+
+GNU Make is fully documented in make.texinfo.  See the section entitled
+`Problems and Bugs' for information on submitting bug reports.
+
+GNU Make is free software.  See the file COPYING for copying conditions.

README.template

@@ -10,6 +10,10 @@ build the program, type `sh build.sh'.  This should compile the program
 in the current directory.  Then you will have a Make program that you can
 use for `make install', or whatever else.
 
+Some systems' Make programs are broken and cannot process the Makefile for
+GNU Make.  If you get errors from your system's Make when building GNU
+Make, try using `build.sh' instead.
+
 It has been reported that the XLC 1.2 compiler on AIX 3.2 is buggy such
 that if you compile make with `cc -O' on AIX 3.2, it will not work correctly.
 It is said that using `cc' without `-O' does work.

aclocal.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+dnl
+dnl Check for a symbol
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AC_CHECK_SYMBOL, [dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $1)
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_check_symbol_$1, [dnl
+AC_TRY_LINK(, 
+changequote(,)dnl
+extern char *$1[]; puts(*$1);,
+changequote([,])dnl
+	    ac_cv_check_symbol_$1=yes, ac_cv_check_symbol_$1=no)])
+if test "$ac_cv_check_symbol_$1" = yes; then
+changequote(,)dnl
+  ac_tr_symbol=`echo $1 | tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'`
+changequote([,])dnl
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_${ac_tr_symbol})
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_check_symbol_$1)])dnl
+dnl

alloca.c

@@ -209,6 +209,9 @@ alloca (size)
     register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
     /* Address of header.  */
 
+    if (new == 0)
+      abort();
+
     ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
     ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
 

arscan.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Library function for scanning an archive file.
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -144,6 +144,13 @@ ar_scan (archive, function, arg)
 
     sscanf (fl_header.fl_fstmoff, "%12ld", &member_offset);
     sscanf (fl_header.fl_lstmoff, "%12ld", &last_member_offset);
+
+    if (member_offset == 0)
+      {
+	/* Empty archive.  */
+	close (desc);
+	return 0;
+      }
 #else
 #ifndef	M_XENIX
     register long int member_offset = sizeof (int);
@@ -429,11 +436,11 @@ ar_name_equal (name, mem, truncated)
       struct ar_hdr hdr;
       return !strncmp (name, mem,
 		       sizeof (hdr.ar_name) - 
-#ifndef __hpux
+#if !defined (__hpux) && !defined (cray)
 		       1
 #else
 		       2
-#endif /* __hpux */
+#endif /* !__hpux && !cray */
 		       );
 #endif
     }

build.sh.in

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-
 # Shell script to build GNU Make in the absence of any `make' program.
+# @configure_input@
 
 # Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is part of GNU Make.
@@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ extras='@LIBOBJS@'
 REMOTE='@REMOTE@'
 
 # Common prefix for machine-independent installed files.
-prefix=@prefix@
+prefix='@prefix@'
 # Common prefix for machine-dependent installed files.
-exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
-# Directory to find libraries in for `-lLIB'.
+exec_prefix='@exec_prefix@'
+# Directory to find libraries in for `-lXXX'.
 libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
 # Directory to search by default for included makefiles.
 includedir=${prefix}/include
@@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ includedir=${prefix}/include
 set -e
 
 # These are all the objects we need to link together.
-objs="commands.o job.o dir.o file.o misc.o main.o read.o remake.o rule.o implicit.o default.o variable.o expand.o function.o vpath.o version.o ar.o arscan.o signame.o getopt.o getopt1.o glob/glob.o glob/fnmatch.o remote-${REMOTE}.o ${extras} ${ALLOCA}"
+objs="commands.o job.o dir.o file.o misc.o main.o read.o remake.o rule.o implicit.o default.o variable.o expand.o function.o vpath.o version.o ar.o arscan.o signame.o getopt.o getopt1.o glob/libglob.a glob/glob.o glob/fnmatch.o remote-${REMOTE}.o ${extras} ${ALLOCA}"
 
 # Compile the source files into those objects.
 for file in `echo ${objs} | sed 's/\.o/.c/g'`; do
   echo compiling ${file}...
-  $CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $defines -c \
-      -I. -I${srcdir} -I${srcdir}/glob ${srcdir}/$file
+  $CC $defines $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS \
+      -c -I. -I${srcdir} -I${srcdir}/glob ${srcdir}/$file
 done
 
 # The object files were actually all put in the current directory.

build.template

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-
 # Shell script to build GNU Make in the absence of any `make' program.
+# @configure_input@
 
-# Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is part of GNU Make.
 # 
 # GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
 srcdir='@srcdir@'
 CC='@CC@'
 CFLAGS='@CFLAGS@'
+CPPFLAGS='@CPPFLAGS@'
 LDFLAGS='@LDFLAGS@'
 defines='@DEFS@ -DLIBDIR="${libdir}" -DINCLUDEDIR="${includedir}"'
 ALLOCA='@ALLOCA@'
@@ -32,9 +33,9 @@ extras='@LIBOBJS@'
 REMOTE='@REMOTE@'
 
 # Common prefix for machine-independent installed files.
-prefix=/usr/local
+prefix='@prefix@'
 # Common prefix for machine-dependent installed files.
-exec_prefix=/usr/local
+exec_prefix='@exec_prefix@'
 # Directory to find libraries in for `-lXXX'.
 libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
 # Directory to search by default for included makefiles.
@@ -49,7 +50,8 @@ objs="%objs% remote-${REMOTE}.o ${extras} ${ALLOCA}"
 # Compile the source files into those objects.
 for file in `echo ${objs} | sed 's/\.o/.c/g'`; do
   echo compiling ${file}...
-  $CC $CFLAGS $defines -c -I. -I${srcdir} -I${srcdir}/glob ${srcdir}/$file
+  $CC $defines $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS \
+      -c -I. -I${srcdir} -I${srcdir}/glob ${srcdir}/$file
 done
 
 # The object files were actually all put in the current directory.

commands.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Command processing for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ delete_target (file, on_behalf_of)
     }
 #endif
 
-  if (safe_stat (file->name, &st) == 0
+  if (stat (file->name, &st) == 0
       && S_ISREG (st.st_mode)
       && (time_t) st.st_mtime != file->last_mtime)
     {
@@ -459,11 +459,12 @@ delete_target (file, on_behalf_of)
 	error ("*** [%s] Deleting file `%s'", on_behalf_of, file->name);
       else
 	error ("*** Deleting file `%s'", file->name);
-      if (unlink (file->name) < 0)
+      if (unlink (file->name) < 0
+	  && errno != ENOENT)	/* It disappeared; so what.  */
 	perror_with_name ("unlink: ", file->name);
     }
 }
-     
+
 
 /* Delete all non-precious targets of CHILD unless they were already deleted.
    Set the flag in CHILD to say they've been deleted.  */

compatMakefile

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 # NOTE: If you have no `make' program at all to process this makefile, run
 # `build.sh' instead.
 #
-# Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1988,89,91,92,93,94,95,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is part of GNU Make.
-# 
+#
 # GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 # GNU General Public License for more details.
-# 
+#
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with GNU Make; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
 # the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
@@ -48,19 +48,6 @@ defines = @DEFS@ -DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DINCLUDEDIR=\"$(includedir)\"
 # The code is found in `remote-$(REMOTE).c'.
 REMOTE = @REMOTE@
 
-# If you are using the GNU C library, or have the GNU getopt functions in
-# your C library, you can comment these out.
-GETOPT = getopt.o getopt1.o
-GETOPT_SRC = $(srcdir)/getopt.c $(srcdir)/getopt1.c $(srcdir)/getopt.h
-
-# If you are using the GNU C library, or have the GNU glob functions in
-# your C library, you can comment this out.  GNU make uses special hooks
-# into the glob functions to be more efficient (by using make's directory
-# cache for globbing), so you must use the GNU functions even if your
-# system's C library has the 1003.2 glob functions already.  Also, the glob
-# functions in the AIX and HPUX C libraries are said to be buggy.
-GLOB = glob/libglob.a
-
 # If your system doesn't have alloca, or the one provided is bad, define this.
 ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
 ALLOCA_SRC = $(srcdir)/alloca.c
@@ -117,13 +104,14 @@ MAKEINFO = makeinfo
 TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
 
 # Programs to make tags files.
-ETAGS = etags -tw
-CTAGS = ctags -tw
+ETAGS = etags -w
+CTAGS = ctags -w
 
 objs = commands.o job.o dir.o file.o misc.o main.o read.o remake.o	\
        rule.o implicit.o default.o variable.o expand.o function.o	\
        vpath.o version.o ar.o arscan.o signame.o remote-$(REMOTE).o	\
-       $(GLOB) $(GETOPT) $(ALLOCA) $(extras)
+       getopt.o getopt1.o glob/libglob.a				\
+       $(ALLOCA) $(extras)
 srcs = $(srcdir)/commands.c $(srcdir)/job.c $(srcdir)/dir.c		\
        $(srcdir)/file.c $(srcdir)/getloadavg.c $(srcdir)/misc.c		\
        $(srcdir)/main.c $(srcdir)/read.c $(srcdir)/remake.c		\
@@ -132,7 +120,7 @@ srcs = $(srcdir)/commands.c $(srcdir)/job.c $(srcdir)/dir.c		\
        $(srcdir)/vpath.c $(srcdir)/version.c				\
        $(srcdir)/remote-$(REMOTE).c					\
        $(srcdir)/ar.c $(srcdir)/arscan.c				\
-       $(srcdir)/signame.c $(srcdir)/signame.h $(GETOPT_SRC)		\
+       $(srcdir)/signame.c $(srcdir)/signame.h getopt.c getopt1.c	\
        $(srcdir)/commands.h $(srcdir)/dep.h $(srcdir)/file.h		\
        $(srcdir)/job.h $(srcdir)/make.h $(srcdir)/rule.h		\
        $(srcdir)/variable.h $(ALLOCA_SRC) $(srcdir)/config.h.in
@@ -142,10 +130,9 @@ srcs = $(srcdir)/commands.c $(srcdir)/job.c $(srcdir)/dir.c		\
 .SUFFIXES: .o .c .h .ps .dvi .info .texinfo
 
 all: make
-check: # No tests.
 info: make.info
 dvi: make.dvi
-# Some makes apparently use .PHONY as the default goal is it is before `all'.
+# Some makes apparently use .PHONY as the default goal if it is before `all'.
 .PHONY: all check info dvi
 
 make.info: make.texinfo
@@ -196,7 +183,7 @@ $(bindir)/$(binprefix)make: make
 	   else \
 	     echo "$@ needs to be owned by group $(group) and setgid;"; \
 	     echo "otherwise the \`-l' option will probably not work."; \
-	     echo "You may need special priveleges to install $@."; \
+	     echo "You may need special privileges to install $@."; \
 	   fi; \
 	 else true; fi
 # Some systems can't deal with renaming onto a running binary.
@@ -217,6 +204,7 @@ $(infodir)/make.info: make.info
 # We use `$(SHELL) -c' because some shells do not
 # fail gracefully when there is an unknown command.
 	if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  if [ -r ./make.info ]; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
 	  install-info --infodir=$(infodir) $$dir/make.info; \
 	else true; fi
 
@@ -242,7 +230,7 @@ check: check-loadavg
 
 .PHONY: clean realclean distclean mostlyclean
 clean: glob-clean
-	-rm -f make loadavg *.o core make.info* make.dvi
+	-rm -f make loadavg *.o core make.dvi
 distclean: clean glob-realclean
 	-rm -f Makefile config.h config.status build.sh stamp-config
 	-rm -f config.log config.cache
@@ -250,6 +238,7 @@ distclean: clean glob-realclean
 	-rm -f make.?? make.??s make.log make.toc make.*aux
 	-rm -f loadavg.c
 realclean: distclean
+	-rm -f make.info*
 mostlyclean: clean
 
 .PHONY: glob-clean glob-realclean
@@ -265,11 +254,10 @@ stamp-config: config.status $(srcdir)/config.h.in
 	$(SHELL) config.status
 	touch stamp-config
 
-# These rules cause too much trouble.
-#configure: configure.in
-#	autoconf $(ACFLAGS)
-#config.h.in: configure.in
-#	autoheader $(ACFLAGS)
+#configure: configure.in aclocal.m4
+#	cd $(srcdir) && autoconf $(ACFLAGS)
+#config.h.in: configure.in aclocal.m4
+#	cd $(srcdir) && autoheader $(ACFLAGS)
 
 # This tells versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
 .NOEXPORT:

config.h.in

@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/* config.h.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define if on AIX 3.
+   System headers sometimes define this.
+   We just want to avoid a redefinition error message.  */
+#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
+#undef _ALL_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* Define if using alloca.c.  */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
+   This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems.  */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define for DGUX with <sys/dg_sys_info.h>.  */
+#undef DGUX
+
+/* Define if the `getloadavg' function needs to be run setuid or setgid.  */
+#undef GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef gid_t
+
+/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro.  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt.  */
+#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
+
+/* Define if your system has its own `getloadavg' function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
+
+/* Define if you have the getmntent function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETMNTENT
+
+/* Define if the `long double' type works.  */
+#undef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+/* Define if you support file names longer than 14 characters.  */
+#undef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
+
+/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call.  */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define if system calls automatically restart after interruption
+   by a signal.  */
+#undef HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
+
+/* Define if your struct stat has st_blksize.  */
+#undef HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
+
+/* Define if your struct stat has st_blocks.  */
+#undef HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
+
+/* Define if you have the strcoll function and it is properly defined.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRCOLL
+
+/* Define if your struct stat has st_rdev.  */
+#undef HAVE_ST_RDEV
+
+/* Define if you have the strftime function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRFTIME
+
+/* Define if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+/* Define if your struct tm has tm_zone.  */
+#undef HAVE_TM_ZONE
+
+/* Define if you don't have tm_zone but do have the external array
+   tzname.  */
+#undef HAVE_TZNAME
+
+/* Define if you have <unistd.h>.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if utime(file, NULL) sets file's timestamp to the present.  */
+#undef HAVE_UTIME_NULL
+
+/* Define if you have <vfork.h>.  */
+#undef HAVE_VFORK_H
+
+/* Define if you have the vprintf function.  */
+#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the wait3 system call.  */
+#undef HAVE_WAIT3
+
+/* Define if on MINIX.  */
+#undef _MINIX
+
+/* Define if your struct nlist has an n_un member.  */
+#undef NLIST_NAME_UNION
+
+/* Define if you have <nlist.h>.  */
+#undef NLIST_STRUCT
+
+/* Define if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together.  */
+#undef NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef pid_t
+
+/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except
+   with this defined.  */
+#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
+
+/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work.  */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
+#undef RETSIGTYPE
+
+/* Define if the setvbuf function takes the buffering type as its second
+   argument and the buffer pointer as the third, as on System V
+   before release 3.  */
+#undef SETVBUF_REVERSED
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at run-time.
+	STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
+ */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly.  */
+#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define on System V Release 4.  */
+#undef SVR4
+
+/* Define if `sys_siglist' is declared by <signal.h>.  */
+#undef SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef uid_t
+
+/* Define for Encore UMAX.  */
+#undef UMAX
+
+/* Define for Encore UMAX 4.3 that has <inq_status/cpustats.h>
+   instead of <sys/cpustats.h>.  */
+#undef UMAX4_3
+
+/* Define vfork as fork if vfork does not work.  */
+#undef vfork
+
+/* Define to the name of the SCCS `get' command.  */
+#undef SCCS_GET
+
+/* Define this if the SCCS `get' command understands the `-G<file>' option.  */
+#undef SCCS_GET_MINUS_G
+
+/* Define this if the C library defines the variable `sys_siglist'.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SIGLIST
+
+/* Define this if the C library defines the variable `_sys_siglist'.  */
+#undef HAVE__SYS_SIGLIST
+
+/* Define this if you have the `union wait' type in <sys/wait.h>.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNION_WAIT
+
+/* Define if you have the dup2 function.  */
+#undef HAVE_DUP2
+
+/* Define if you have the getcwd function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETCWD
+
+/* Define if you have the getgroups function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+
+/* Define if you have the mktemp function.  */
+#undef HAVE_MKTEMP
+
+/* Define if you have the psignal function.  */
+#undef HAVE_PSIGNAL
+
+/* Define if you have the setegid function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SETEGID
+
+/* Define if you have the seteuid function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SETEUID
+
+/* Define if you have the setlinebuf function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SETLINEBUF
+
+/* Define if you have the setregid function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SETREGID
+
+/* Define if you have the setreuid function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SETREUID
+
+/* Define if you have the sigsetmask function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SIGSETMASK
+
+/* Define if you have the strerror function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR
+
+/* Define if you have the strsignal function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRSIGNAL
+
+/* Define if you have the wait3 function.  */
+#undef HAVE_WAIT3
+
+/* Define if you have the waitpid function.  */
+#undef HAVE_WAITPID
+
+/* Define if you have the <dirent.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <mach/mach.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_MACH_MACH_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <ndir.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/timeb.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the dgc library (-ldgc).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBDGC
+
+/* Define if you have the sun library (-lsun).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBSUN

configh.dos.template

@@ -16,7 +16,9 @@
 #define RETSIGTYPE void
 
 /* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
+#ifndef STDC_HEADERS
 #define STDC_HEADERS
+#endif
 
 /* Define if `sys_siglist' is declared by <signal.h>.  */
 #define SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
@@ -49,7 +51,7 @@
 #define HAVE_LIMITS_H
 
 /* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 
 /* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file.  */
 #define HAVE_FCNTL_H
@@ -60,6 +62,7 @@
 /* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file.  */
 #define HAVE_MEMORY_H
 
-#define INCLUDEDIR "c:/djgpp/include"
-#define LIBDIR "c:/djgpp/lib"
+/* Define if you have the `strerror' function.  */
+#define HAVE_STRERROR
+
 #define SCCS_GET "get"

configure.bat

@@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ echo "}							">> config.sed
 
 echo "s/@srcdir@/./					">> config.sed
 echo "s/@CC@/gcc/					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@CFLAGS@/-O2 -g -DHAVE_CONFIG_H/		">> config.sed
+echo "s/@CFLAGS@/-O2 -g/				">> config.sed
+echo "s/@CPPFLAGS@/-DHAVE_CONFIG_H/			">> config.sed
 echo "s/@LDFLAGS@//					">> config.sed
 echo "s/@RANLIB@/ranlib/				">> config.sed
 echo "s/@DEFS@//					">> config.sed

configure.in

@@ -5,10 +5,6 @@ AC_INIT(vpath.c)dnl		dnl A distinctive file to look for in srcdir.
 AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS(glob)		dnl Run configure in glob subdirectory.
 
-# We want these before the checks, so the checks can modify their values.
-test -z "$CFLAGS" && CFLAGS=-g AC_SUBST(CFLAGS)
-test -z "$LDFLAGS" && LDFLAGS=-g AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS)
-
 AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
 AC_PROG_CC
 AC_PROG_INSTALL
@@ -19,7 +15,6 @@ AC_MINIX
 AC_HEADER_STDC
 AC_HEADER_DIRENT
 AC_TYPE_UID_T			dnl Also does gid_t.
-AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
 AC_TYPE_PID_T
 AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h limits.h sys/param.h fcntl.h string.h memory.h \
@@ -43,9 +38,9 @@ changequote([,])dnl
 fi
 AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_check_symbol_$1)])dnl
 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getdtablesize psignal \
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(psignal mktemp \
 	       dup2 getcwd sigsetmask getgroups setlinebuf \
-	       seteuid setegid setreuid setregid strerror)
+	       seteuid setegid setreuid setregid strerror strsignal)
 AC_CHECK_SYMBOL(sys_siglist)
 AC_CHECK_SYMBOL(_sys_siglist)
 AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
@@ -66,6 +61,10 @@ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
    union wait type, and they do not work together.  If union wait
    conflicts with WEXITSTATUS et al, we don't want to use it at all.  */
 if (WEXITSTATUS (status) != 0) pid = -1;
+#ifdef WTERMSIG
+/* If we have WEXITSTATUS and WTERMSIG, just use them on ints.  */
+-- blow chunks here --
+#endif
 #endif
 #ifdef HAVE_WAITPID
 /* Make sure union wait works with waitpid.  */

default.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Data base of default implicit rules for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ static struct pspec default_terminal_rules[] =
   {
     /* RCS.  */
     { "%", "%,v",
-	"+$(CHECKOUT,v)" },
+	"$(CHECKOUT,v)" },
     { "%", "RCS/%,v",
-	"+$(CHECKOUT,v)" },
+	"$(CHECKOUT,v)" },
 
     /* SCCS.  */
     { "%", "s.%",
@@ -101,24 +101,16 @@ static char *default_suffix_rules[] =
     ".mod",
     "$(COMPILE.mod) -o $@ -e $@ $^",
 
-    ".def.sym", 
+    ".def.sym",
     "$(COMPILE.def) -o $@ $<",
 
     ".sh",
     "cat $< >$@ \n chmod a+x $@",
 
     ".s.o",
-#if !defined(M_XENIX) || defined(__GNUC__)
     "$(COMPILE.s) -o $@ $<",
-#else	/* Xenix.  */
-    "$(COMPILE.s) -o$@ $<",
-#endif	/* Not Xenix.  */
     ".S.o",
-#if !defined(M_XENIX) || defined(__GNUC__)
     "$(COMPILE.S) -o $@ $<",
-#else	/* Xenix.  */
-    "$(COMPILE.S) -o$@ $<",
-#endif	/* Not Xenix.  */
     ".c.o",
     "$(COMPILE.c) $< $(OUTPUT_OPTION)",
     ".cc.o",
@@ -209,13 +201,7 @@ static char *default_suffix_rules[] =
 static char *default_variables[] =
   {
     "AR", "ar",
-#ifndef __hpux
     "ARFLAGS", "rv",
-#else
-    /* HPUX ar's f flag says to truncate the file names to archive member
-       name length in comparisons, so replacement notices the equality.  */
-    "ARFLAGS", "rfv",
-#endif
     "AS", "as",
 #ifdef GCC_IS_NATIVE
     "CC", "gcc",
@@ -228,8 +214,8 @@ static char *default_variables[] =
     /* This expands to $(CO) $(COFLAGS) $< $@ if $@ does not exist,
        and to the empty string if $@ does exist.  */
     "CHECKOUT,v",
-    "$(patsubst $@-noexist,$(CO) $(COFLAGS) $< $@,\
-		$(filter-out $@,$(firstword $(wildcard $@) $@-noexist)))",
+    "+$(patsubst $@-noexist,$(CO) $(COFLAGS) $< $@,\
+		 $(filter-out $@,$(firstword $(wildcard $@) $@-noexist)))",
 
     "CO", "co",
     "CPP", "$(CC) -E",
@@ -311,21 +297,13 @@ static char *default_variables[] =
     "COMPILE.s", "$(AS) $(ASFLAGS) $(TARGET_MACH)",
     "LINK.S", "$(CC) $(ASFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(TARGET_MACH)",
     "COMPILE.S", "$(CC) $(ASFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(TARGET_MACH) -c",
-#if !defined(M_XENIX) || defined(__GNUC__)
     "PREPROCESS.S", "$(CC) -E $(CPPFLAGS)",
-#else	/* Xenix.  */
-    "PREPROCESS.S", "$(CC) -EP $(CPPFLAGS)",
-#endif	/* Not Xenix.  */
     "PREPROCESS.F", "$(FC) $(FFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(TARGET_ARCH) -F",
     "PREPROCESS.r", "$(FC) $(FFLAGS) $(RFLAGS) $(TARGET_ARCH) -F",
     "LINT.c", "$(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(TARGET_ARCH)",
 
 #ifndef	NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
-#if !defined(M_XENIX) || defined(__GNUC__)
     "OUTPUT_OPTION", "-o $@",
-#else	/* Xenix.  */
-    "OUTPUT_OPTION", "-Fo$@",
-#endif	/* Not Xenix.  */
 #endif
 
 #ifdef	SCCS_GET_MINUS_G
@@ -363,7 +341,7 @@ void
 install_default_suffix_rules ()
 {
   register char **s;
-  
+
   if (no_builtin_rules_flag)
     return;
 
@@ -388,7 +366,7 @@ void
 install_default_implicit_rules ()
 {
   register struct pspec *p;
-  
+
   if (no_builtin_rules_flag)
     return;
 

dir.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Directory hashing for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,33 +18,37 @@ the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 
 #include "make.h"
 
-#if	defined (POSIX) || defined (HAVE_DIRENT_H) || defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-#include <dirent.h>
-#ifndef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-#define D_NAMLEN(d) strlen((d)->d_name)
-#else	/* GNU C library.  */
-#define D_NAMLEN(d) ((d)->d_namlen)
-#endif	/* Not GNU C library.  */
-#else	/* Not POSIX or HAVE_DIRENT_H.  */
-#define direct dirent
-#define D_NAMLEN(d) ((d)->d_namlen)
-#ifdef	HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
-#include <sys/ndir.h>
-#endif	/* HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
-#ifdef	HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
-#include <sys/dir.h>
-#endif	/* HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
-#ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H
-#include <ndir.h>
-#endif	/* HAVE_NDIR_H */
-#endif	/* POSIX or HAVE_DIRENT_H or __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#ifdef	HAVE_DIRENT_H
+# include <dirent.h>
+# define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)
+#else
+# define dirent direct
+# define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+#  include <sys/ndir.h>
+# endif
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+#  include <sys/dir.h>
+# endif
+# ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H
+#  include <ndir.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* In GNU systems, <dirent.h> defines this macro for us.  */
+#ifdef _D_NAMLEN
+#undef NAMLEN
+#define NAMLEN(d) _D_NAMLEN(d)
+#endif
 
 #if defined (POSIX) && !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
 /* Posix does not require that the d_ino field be present, and some
    systems do not provide it. */
 #define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
+#define FAKE_DIR_ENTRY(dp)
 #else
 #define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) (dp->d_ino != 0)
+#define FAKE_DIR_ENTRY(dp) (dp->d_ino = 1)
 #endif /* POSIX */
 
 #ifdef __MSDOS__
@@ -179,7 +183,7 @@ find_directory (name)
       /* The directory is not in the name hash table.
 	 Find its device and inode numbers, and look it up by them.  */
 
-      if (safe_stat (name, &st) < 0)
+      if (stat (name, &st) < 0)
 	/* Couldn't stat the directory.  Mark this by
 	   setting the `contents' member to a nil pointer.  */
 	dir->contents = 0;
@@ -295,10 +299,7 @@ dir_contents_file_exists_p (dir, filename)
       if (!REAL_DIR_ENTRY (d))
 	continue;
 
-      len = D_NAMLEN (d);
-      while (d->d_name[len - 1] == '\0')
-	--len;
-
+      len = NAMLEN (d);
       for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
 	HASH (newhash, d->d_name[i]);
       newhash %= DIRFILE_BUCKETS;
@@ -444,7 +445,7 @@ file_impossible_p (filename)
       bcopy (p, dirname, dirend - p);
       dirname[dirend - p] = '\0';
       dir = find_directory (dirname)->contents;
-      p = dirend + 1;
+      p = filename = dirend + 1;
     }
 
   if (dir == 0 || dir->files == 0)
@@ -557,7 +558,7 @@ struct dirstream
 
 /* Forward declarations.  */
 static __ptr_t open_dirstream __P ((const char *));
-static const char *read_dirstream __P ((__ptr_t));
+static struct dirent *read_dirstream __P ((__ptr_t));
 
 static __ptr_t
 open_dirstream (directory)
@@ -584,12 +585,14 @@ open_dirstream (directory)
   return (__ptr_t) new;
 }
 
-static const char *
+static struct dirent *
 read_dirstream (stream)
      __ptr_t stream;
 {
   struct dirstream *const ds = (struct dirstream *) stream;
   register struct dirfile *df;
+  static char *buf;
+  static unsigned int bufsz;
 
   while (ds->bucket < DIRFILE_BUCKETS)
     {
@@ -597,7 +600,28 @@ read_dirstream (stream)
 	{
 	  ds->elt = df->next;
 	  if (!df->impossible)
-	    return df->name;
+	    {
+	      /* The glob interface wants a `struct dirent',
+		 so mock one up.  */
+	      struct dirent *d;
+	      unsigned int len = strlen (df->name) + 1;
+	      if (sizeof *d - sizeof d->d_name + len > bufsz)
+		{
+		  if (buf != 0)
+		    free (buf);
+		  bufsz *= 2;
+		  if (sizeof *d - sizeof d->d_name + len > bufsz)
+		    bufsz = sizeof *d - sizeof d->d_name + len;
+		  buf = xmalloc (bufsz);
+		}
+	      d = (struct dirent *) buf;
+	      FAKE_DIR_ENTRY (d);
+#ifdef _DIRENT_HAVE_D_NAMLEN
+	      d->d_namlen = len - 1;
+#endif
+	      memcpy (d->d_name, df->name, len);
+	      return d;
+	    }
 	}
       if (++ds->bucket == DIRFILE_BUCKETS)
 	break;
@@ -608,9 +632,16 @@ read_dirstream (stream)
 }
 
 void
-init_dir ()
+dir_setup_glob (gl)
+     glob_t *gl;
 {
-  __glob_opendir_hook = open_dirstream;
-  __glob_readdir_hook = read_dirstream;
-  __glob_closedir_hook = (void (*) __P ((__ptr_t stream))) free;
+  extern int stat ();
+
+  /* Bogus sunos4 compiler complains (!) about & before functions.  */
+  gl->gl_opendir = open_dirstream;
+  gl->gl_readdir = read_dirstream;
+  gl->gl_closedir = free;
+  gl->gl_stat = stat;
+  /* We don't bother setting gl_lstat, since glob never calls it.
+     The slot is only there for compatibility with 4.4 BSD.  */
 }

expand.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Variable expansion functions for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 91, 92, 93, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -197,9 +197,9 @@ variable_expand (line)
 	    char openparen = *p;
 	    char closeparen = (openparen == '(') ? ')' : '}';
 	    register char *beg = p + 1;
+	    int free_beg = 0;
 	    char *op, *begp;
-	    char *end;
-	    char *colon = 0;
+	    char *end, *colon;
 
 	    op = o;
 	    begp = p;
@@ -213,10 +213,18 @@ variable_expand (line)
 	    /* Is there a variable reference inside the parens or braces?
 	       If so, expand it before expanding the entire reference.  */
 
-	    p1 = index (beg, closeparen);
+	    end = index (beg, closeparen);
+	    if (end == 0)
+	      {
+		/* Unterminated variable reference.  */
+		if (reading_filename != 0)
+		  makefile_fatal (reading_filename, *reading_lineno_ptr,
+				  "unterminated variable reference");
+		else
+		  fatal ("unterminated variable reference");
+	      }
+	    p1 = lindex (beg, end, '$');
 	    if (p1 != 0)
-	      p1 = lindex (beg, p1, '$');
-	    if (p1 != 0 && lindex (beg, p1, ':') == 0)
 	      {
 		/* BEG now points past the opening paren or brace.
 		   Count parens or braces until it is matched.  */
@@ -227,133 +235,109 @@ variable_expand (line)
 		      ++count;
 		    else if (*p == closeparen && --count < 0)
 		      break;
-		    else if (colon == 0 && count == 0 && *p == ':')
-		      /* Record where we found a colon, which
-			 indicates a substitution reference.
-			 We want to expand the text before the
-			 reference only.  */
-		      colon = p;
 		  }
 		/* If COUNT is >= 0, there were unmatched opening parens
 		   or braces, so we go to the simple case of a variable name
 		   such as `$($(a)'.  */
 		if (count < 0)
 		  {
-		    char *name = expand_argument (beg, colon == 0 ? p : colon);
-		    unsigned int namelen = strlen (name);
-		    if (colon == 0)
-		      {
-			/* This is a simple reference to the expanded name.  */
-			o = reference_variable (o, name, namelen);
-			free (name);
-			break;
-		      }
-		    else
-		      {
-			/* This is a substitution reference to the expanded
-			   name.  We replace the pending text with a copy
-			   containing the expanded name in place of the
-			   original name, and then fall through to
-			   the normal substitution reference code below.  */
-			unsigned int restlen = strlen (colon) + 1;
-			beg = (char *) alloca (namelen + restlen);
-			bcopy (name, beg, namelen);
-			bcopy (colon, &beg[namelen], restlen);
-			/* Point COLON into the new copy.  */
-			colon = &beg[namelen];
-		      }
+		    beg = expand_argument (beg, p); /* Expand the name.  */
+		    free_beg = 1; /* Remember to free BEG when finished.  */
+		    end = index (beg, '\0');
 		  }
 	      }
+	    else
+	      /* Advance P to the end of this reference.  After we are
+                 finished expanding this one, P will be incremented to
+                 continue the scan.  */
+	      p = end;
 
 	    /* This is not a reference to a built-in function and
-	       it does not contain any variable references inside.
-	       There are several things it could be.  */
+	       any variable references inside are now expanded.
+	       Is the resultant text a substitution reference?  */
 
-	    if (colon == 0)
-	      colon = index (beg, ':');
-	    if (colon != 0 && lindex (beg, colon, closeparen) == 0)
+	    colon = lindex (beg, end, ':');
+	    if (colon != 0)
 	      {
-		/* This is a substitution reference: $(FOO:A=B).  */
-		int count;
+		/* This looks like a substitution reference: $(FOO:A=B).  */
 		char *subst_beg, *subst_end, *replace_beg, *replace_end;
 
-		v = lookup_variable (beg, colon - beg);
-		if (v == 0)
-		  warn_undefined (beg, colon - beg);
-
 		subst_beg = colon + 1;
-		count = 0;
-		for (p = subst_beg; *p != '\0'; ++p)
+		subst_end = index (subst_beg, '=');
+		if (subst_end == 0)
+		  /* There is no = in sight.  Punt on the substitution
+		     reference and treat this as a variable name containing
+		     a colon, in the code below.  */
+		  colon = 0;
+		else
 		  {
-		    if (*p == openparen)
-		      ++count;
-		    else if (*p == closeparen)
-		      --count;
-		    else if (*p == '=' && count <= 0)
-		      break;
+		    replace_beg = subst_end + 1;
+		    replace_end = end;
+
+		    /* Extract the variable name before the colon
+		       and look up that variable.  */
+		    v = lookup_variable (beg, colon - beg);
+		    if (v == 0)
+		      warn_undefined (beg, colon - beg);
+
+		    if (v != 0 && *v->value != '\0')
+		      {
+			char *value = (v->recursive ? recursively_expand (v)
+				       : v->value);
+			char *pattern, *percent;
+			if (free_beg)
+			  {
+			    *subst_end = '\0';
+			    pattern = subst_beg;
+			  }
+			else
+			  {
+			    pattern = (char *) alloca (subst_end - subst_beg
+						       + 1);
+			    bcopy (subst_beg, pattern, subst_end - subst_beg);
+			    pattern[subst_end - subst_beg] = '\0';
+			  }
+			percent = find_percent (pattern);
+			if (percent != 0)
+			  {
+			    char *replace;
+			    if (free_beg)
+			      {
+				*replace_end = '\0';
+				replace = replace_beg;
+			      }
+			    else
+			      {
+				replace = (char *) alloca (replace_end
+							   - replace_beg
+							   + 1);
+				bcopy (replace_beg, replace,
+				       replace_end - replace_beg);
+				replace[replace_end - replace_beg] = '\0';
+			      }
+			    
+			    o = patsubst_expand (o, value, pattern, replace,
+						 percent, (char *) 0);
+			  }
+			else
+			  o = subst_expand (o, value,
+					    pattern, replace_beg,
+					    strlen (pattern),
+					    end - replace_beg,
+					    0, 1);
+			if (v->recursive)
+			  free (value);
+		      }
 		  }
-		if (count > 0)
-		  /* There were unmatched opening parens.  */
-		  return initialize_variable_output ();
-		subst_end = p;
-
-		replace_beg = p + 1;
-		count = 0;
-		for (p = replace_beg; *p != '\0'; ++p)
-		  {
-		    if (*p == openparen)
-		      ++count;
-		    else if (*p == closeparen && --count < 0)
-		      break;
-		  }
-		if (count > 0)
-		  /* There were unmatched opening parens.  */
-		  return initialize_variable_output ();
-		end = p;
-		replace_end = p;
-
-		p = expand_argument (subst_beg, subst_end);
-		p1 = expand_argument (replace_beg, replace_end);
-
-		if (v != 0 && *v->value != '\0')
-		  {
-		    char *value = (v->recursive ? recursively_expand (v)
-				   : v->value);
-		    char *percent = find_percent (p);
-		    if (percent != 0)
-		      o = patsubst_expand (o, value, p, p1,
-					   percent, (char *) 0);
-		    else
-		      o = subst_expand (o, value,
-					p, p1, strlen (p), strlen (p1),
-					0, 1);
-		    if (v->recursive)
-		      free (value);
-		  }
-
-		free (p);
-		free (p1);
 	      }
 
-	    /* No, this must be an ordinary variable reference.  */
-	    else
-	      {
-		/* Look up the value of the variable.  */
-		end = index (beg, closeparen);
-		if (end == 0)
-		  {
-		    /* Unterminated variable reference.  */
-		    if (reading_filename != 0)
-		      makefile_fatal (reading_filename, *reading_lineno_ptr,
-				      "unterminated variable reference");
-		    else
-		      fatal ("unterminated variable reference");
-		  }
+	    if (colon == 0)
+	      /* This is an ordinary variable reference.
+		 Look up the value of the variable.  */
 		o = reference_variable (o, beg, end - beg);
-	      }
 
-	    /* Advance p past the variable reference to resume scan.  */
-	    p = end;
+	  if (free_beg)
+	    free (beg);
 	  }
 	  break;
 

file.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Target file hash table management for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 #include "dep.h"
 #include "file.h"
 #include "variable.h"
+#include <assert.h>
 
 
 /* Hash table of files the makefile knows how to make.  */
@@ -294,7 +295,9 @@ remove_intermediates (sig)
   register struct file *f;
   char doneany;
   
-  if (!sig && just_print_flag)
+  if (question_flag || touch_flag)
+    return;
+  if (sig && just_print_flag)
     return;
 
   doneany = 0;
@@ -303,7 +306,11 @@ remove_intermediates (sig)
       if (f->intermediate && (f->dontcare || !f->precious))
 	{
 	  int status;
-	  if (just_print_flag)
+	  if (f->update_status == -1)
+	    /* If nothing would have created this file yet,
+	       don't print an "rm" command for it.  */
+	    continue;
+	  else if (just_print_flag)
 	    status = 0;
 	  else
 	    {
@@ -491,6 +498,10 @@ print_file (f)
 	  puts ("#  Successfully updated.");
 	  break;
 	case 1:
+	  assert (question_flag);
+	  puts ("#  Needs to be updated (-q is set).");
+	  break;
+	case 2:
 	  puts ("#  Failed to be updated.");
 	  break;
 	default:

function.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Variable function expansion for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef __MSDOS__
 #include <process.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
 #endif
 
 static char *string_glob ();

getloadavg.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Get the system load averages.
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93, 1994
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93, 1994, 1995
    	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -14,7 +14,8 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
 /* Compile-time symbols that this file uses:
 
@@ -38,6 +39,7 @@
 
    apollo
    BSD				Real BSD, not just BSD-like.
+   convex
    DGUX
    eunice			UNIX emulator under VMS.
    hpux
@@ -59,6 +61,11 @@
    We also #define LDAV_PRIVILEGED if a program will require
    special installation to be able to call getloadavg.  */
 
+/* This should always be first.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 /* Both the Emacs and non-Emacs sections want this.  Some
@@ -69,10 +76,6 @@
 #endif
 
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
 /* Exclude all the code except the test program at the end
    if the system has its own `getloadavg' function.
 
@@ -209,6 +212,17 @@ extern int errno;
 #define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
 #endif
 
+#ifdef _AIX
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef convex
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE double
+#ifndef LDAV_CVT
+#define LDAV_CVT(n) (n)
+#endif
+#endif
+
 #endif /* No LOAD_AVE_TYPE.  */
 
 #ifdef OSF_ALPHA
@@ -253,6 +267,10 @@ extern int errno;
 #define FSCALE 100.0
 #endif
 
+#ifdef _AIX
+#define FSCALE 65536.0
+#endif
+
 #endif	/* Not FSCALE.  */
 
 #if !defined (LDAV_CVT) && defined (FSCALE)
@@ -314,6 +332,10 @@ extern int errno;
 #define NLIST_STRUCT
 #endif
 
+#ifdef _AIX
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
 #endif /* defined (NLIST_STRUCT) */
 
 
@@ -339,7 +361,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #define LDAV_SYMBOL "_Loadavg"
 #endif
 
-#if !defined(LDAV_SYMBOL) && ((defined(hpux) && !defined(hp9000s300)) || defined(_SEQUENT_) || defined(SVR4) || defined(ISC) || defined(sgi) || (defined (ardent) && defined (titan)))
+#if !defined(LDAV_SYMBOL) && ((defined(hpux) && !defined(hp9000s300)) || defined(_SEQUENT_) || defined(SVR4) || defined(ISC) || defined(sgi) || (defined (ardent) && defined (titan)) || defined (_AIX))
 #define LDAV_SYMBOL "avenrun"
 #endif
 
@@ -711,6 +733,16 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
        : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[0] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
 #endif	/* OSF_MIPS */
 
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined(MSDOS)
+#define LDAV_DONE
+
+  /* A faithful emulation is going to have to be saved for a rainy day.  */
+  for ( ; elem < nelem; elem++) 
+    {
+      loadavg[elem] = 0.0;
+    }
+#endif  /* MSDOS */
+
 #if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_ALPHA)
 #define LDAV_DONE
 
@@ -789,23 +821,29 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
 #endif /* NLIST_STRUCT */
 
 #ifndef SUNOS_5
-      if (nlist (KERNEL_FILE, nl) >= 0)
-	/* Omit "&& nl[0].n_type != 0 " -- it breaks on Sun386i.  */
-	{
-#ifdef FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR
-	  FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR (nl);
+      if (
+#if !(defined (_AIX) && !defined (ps2))
+	  nlist (KERNEL_FILE, nl)
+#else  /* _AIX */
+	  knlist (nl, 1, sizeof (nl[0]))
 #endif
-	  offset = nl[0].n_value;
-	}
-#endif  /* !SUNOS_5 */
-#else /* sgi */
-      int ldav_off;
+	  >= 0)
+	  /* Omit "&& nl[0].n_type != 0 " -- it breaks on Sun386i.  */
+	  {
+#ifdef FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR
+	    FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR (nl);
+#endif
+	    offset = nl[0].n_value;
+	  }
+#endif /* !SUNOS_5 */
+#else  /* sgi */
+	  int ldav_off;
 
-      ldav_off = sysmp (MP_KERNADDR, MPKA_AVENRUN);
-      if (ldav_off != -1)
-	offset = (long) ldav_off & 0x7fffffff;
+	  ldav_off = sysmp (MP_KERNADDR, MPKA_AVENRUN);
+	  if (ldav_off != -1)
+	  offset = (long) ldav_off & 0x7fffffff;
 #endif /* sgi */
-    }
+	}
 
   /* Make sure we have /dev/kmem open.  */
   if (!getloadavg_initialized)
@@ -813,7 +851,17 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
 #ifndef SUNOS_5
       channel = open ("/dev/kmem", 0);
       if (channel >= 0)
-	getloadavg_initialized = 1;
+	{
+	  /* Set the channel to close on exec, so it does not
+	     litter any child's descriptor table.  */
+#ifdef FD_SETFD
+#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
+#define FD_CLOEXEC 1
+#endif
+	  (void) fcntl (channel, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+#endif
+	  getloadavg_initialized = 1;
+	}
 #else /* SUNOS_5 */
       /* We pass 0 for the kernel, corefile, and swapfile names
 	 to use the currently running kernel.  */

glob/COPYING.LIB.old

@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
+		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+                    675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the library GPL.  It is
+ numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+  This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
+other libraries whose authors decide to use it.  You can use it for
+your libraries, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
+you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code.  If you link a program with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
+with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+  Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
+the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+  Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+library.  If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
+version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
+the original authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
+software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
+transforming the program into proprietary software.  To prevent this,
+we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
+free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
+GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs.  This
+license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
+designated libraries.  This license is quite different from the ordinary
+one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
+the same as in the ordinary license.
+
+  The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
+they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
+program and simply using it.  Linking a program with a library, without
+changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
+analogous to running a utility program or application program.  However, in
+a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
+derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
+treats it as such.
+
+  Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
+Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
+sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries.  We
+concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
+
+  However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
+users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
+libraries themselves.  This Library General Public License is intended to
+permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
+preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
+libraries that are incorporated in them.  (We have not seen how to achieve
+this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
+changes in the actual functions of the Library.)  The hope is that this
+will lead to faster development of free libraries.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
+former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
+works together with the library.
+
+  Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
+General Public License rather than by this special one.
+
+		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
+party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
+General Public License (also called "this License").  Each licensee is
+addressed as "you".
+
+  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+    in the event an application does not supply such function or
+    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+    its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+    root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
+    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+    to use the modified definitions.)
+
+    b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+    least three years, to give the same user the materials
+    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+    than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+    c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+    specified materials from the same place.
+
+    d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
+the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
+distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
+    Sections above.
+
+    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+     Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!

glob/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+Fri Mar  1 10:09:46 1996  Roland McGrath  <roland@charlie-brown.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c: Use canonical code from autoconf manual for dirent
+ 	include.
+	[_D_NAMLEN]: Redefine NAMLEN using this.
+	(glob_in_dir): Use NAMLEN macro.
+
+Fri Jan 19 13:28:59 1996  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c (glob): Use prototype in getlogin decl.
+
+Thu Jan 18 00:32:43 1996  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c (_GNU_SOURCE): Define if undefined, so glob.h
+	defines GNU extensions.
+	* posix/fnmatch.c: Likewise.
+
+Fri Jan 12 13:40:01 1996  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c (glob): Add parens in glob call flags arg for
+	GLOB_BRACE case.
+
+Thu Dec 14 02:28:22 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c (glob_in_dir): Cast result of opendir to __ptr_t,
+	and cast STREAM to DIR * before passing to readdir and closedir.
+
+Mon Dec 11 20:07:54 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c [! STDC_HEADERS]: Declare getenv.
+	(glob): Avoid using function as value.
+
+Fri Dec  8 13:04:51 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c: Implement new options GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC, GLOB_BRACE,
+	GLOB_TILDE, GLOB_NOMAGIC.
+	(glob): Use stat instead of lstat to determine directoriness.
+	* posix/glob.h (GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC, GLOB_BRACE, GLOB_NOMAGIC, GLOB_TILDE):
+	New flag bits.
+	(__GLOB_FLAGS): Include them.
+	(glob_t): New members gl_closedir, gl_readdir, gl_opendir, gl_lstat,
+	gl_stat.
+
+Mon Sep 11 14:00:14 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@whiz-bang.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c (glob): Comment fix.
+
+Wed Aug 30 16:44:55 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c (glob): Use realloc to extend strings for GLOB_MARK
+	slash.
+	(glob_in_dir): Don't allocate extra byte here.
+
+Mon Aug  7 14:04:36 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c (glob_in_dir): Allocate GLOB_MARK byte in case when
+ 	(NFOUND == 0 && (FLAGS & GLOB_NOCHECK)).
+
+Sat Apr 29 15:46:57 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c (S_ISDIR): Define if undefined.
+
+Tue Apr 25 17:17:19 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob.c (glob): If GLOB_MARK set, stat names to find
+ 	directories and append slashes to them in final pass before
+ 	sorting.
+	(glob_in_dir): If GLOB_MARK set, just allocate the extra char for the
+	slash; never append it here.
+
+Wed Mar  8 13:38:13 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob/configure.bat: Fixes from DJ.
+
+Wed Feb 22 00:44:41 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob/configure.in: Put AC_ISC_POSIX before AC_CONST.
+
+Sun Feb  5 17:59:53 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* malloc/malloc.c (__malloc_extra_blocks): New variable.
+	(malloc): When getting more core, get __malloc_extra_blocks extra;
+	put the new block at the end of the free list and let the next loop
+ 	iteration use the initial portion of it.
+	* malloc/free.c (_free_internal): Account for twice
+ 	__malloc_extra_blocks in deciding if we have so much extra memory
+ 	we should return it to the system.
+	* malloc/malloc.h (__malloc_extra_blocks): Declare it.
+	* posix/glob.c (prefix_array, glob_pattern_p): Remove gratuitous
+ 	const in parameter decl.
+
+Fri Jan 27 17:53:49 1995  Jim Meyering  (meyering@comco.com)
+
+	* posix/fnmatch.c: Declare errno if it's not defined.
+	That's simpler than testing #if !defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+	&& !defined(STDC_HEADERS).
+
+Thu Jan 26 00:02:01 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* io/ftw.c: Avoid `ret' as variable name.
+	* posix/glob.c: Likewise.
+
+Wed Jan 25 00:45:56 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob/configure.in: Put AC_AIX and AC_MINIX early, before
+ 	any compile tests.
+
+Mon Jan 16 15:49:07 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob/Makefile.in: Remove config.h and config.log.
+
+Sun Jan 15 06:56:47 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* posix/glob/configure.in: Add AC_CONST check.
+

glob/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+# Makefile for standalone distribution of libglob.a (fnmatch, glob).
+
+# Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+# This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License
+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
+# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+# not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
+# Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+# Ultrix 2.2 make doesn't expand the value of VPATH.
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+# This must repeat the value, because configure will remove `VPATH = .'.
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+
+CC = @CC@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+
+# Information determined by configure.
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+
+# How to invoke ar.
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = rv
+
+# How to invoke ranlib.
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+
+.PHONY: all
+all: libglob.a
+
+libglob.a: glob.o fnmatch.o
+	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ glob.o fnmatch.o
+	$(RANLIB) $@
+
+# For some reason, Unix make wants the dependencies on the source files.
+# Otherwise it refuses to use an implicit rule!
+# And, get this: it doesn't work to use $(srcdir)/foo.c!!
+glob.o: $(srcdir)/glob.h $(srcdir)/fnmatch.h glob.c
+fnmatch.o: $(srcdir)/fnmatch.h fnmatch.c
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) -c \
+	      $(DEFS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $< $(OUTPUT_OPTION)
+
+.PHONY: clean realclean glob-clean glob-realclean distclean
+clean glob-clean:
+	-rm -f libglob.a *.o core
+distclean glob-realclean: clean
+	-rm -f TAGS tags Makefile config.status config.h config.log
+realcean: distclean
+
+# For inside the C library.
+glob.tar glob.tar.Z:
+	$(MAKE) -C .. $@

glob/configure.bat

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+@echo off
+echo Configuring glob for GO32
+rem This batch file assumes a unix-type "sed" program
+
+echo # Makefile generated by "configure.bat"> Makefile
+
+if exist config.sed del config.sed
+
+echo "s/@srcdir@/./					">> config.sed
+echo "s/@CC@/gcc/					">> config.sed
+echo "s/@CFLAGS@/-O2 -g/				">> config.sed
+echo "s/@CPPFLAGS@/-DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I../		">> config.sed
+echo "s/@AR@/ar/					">> config.sed
+echo "s/@RANLIB@/ranlib/				">> config.sed
+echo "s/@LDFLAGS@//					">> config.sed
+echo "s/@DEFS@//					">> config.sed
+echo "s/@ALLOCA@//					">> config.sed
+echo "s/@LIBS@//					">> config.sed
+echo "s/@LIBOBJS@//					">> config.sed
+echo "s/^Makefile *:/_Makefile:/			">> config.sed
+echo "s/^config.h *:/_config.h:/			">> config.sed
+
+sed -e "s/^\"//" -e "s/\"$//" -e "s/[ 	]*$//" config.sed > config2.sed
+sed -f config2.sed Makefile.in >> Makefile
+del config.sed
+del config2.sed

glob/configure.in

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_INIT(fnmatch.c)		dnl A distinctive file to look for in srcdir.
+AC_PREREQ(2.1)			dnl Minimum Autoconf version required.
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_CHECK_PROG(AR, ar, ar, ar)
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+AC_PROG_CPP			dnl Later checks need this.
+dnl These two want to come early.
+AC_AIX
+AC_MINIX
+AC_ISC_POSIX
+AC_CONST
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(memory.h unistd.h string.h)
+AC_HEADER_DIRENT
+AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)

glob/fnmatch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
+Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+#define	_GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
+   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
+int
+fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
+     const char *pattern;
+     const char *string;
+     int flags;
+{
+  register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
+  register char c;
+
+/* Note that this evalutes C many times.  */
+#define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && isupper (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+
+  while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
+    {
+      c = FOLD (c);
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '?':
+	  if (*n == '\0')
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+		   (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case '\\':
+	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
+	    {
+	      c = *p++;
+	      c = FOLD (c);
+	    }
+	  if (FOLD (*n) != c)
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case '*':
+	  if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+	      (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++, ++n)
+	    if (((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/') ||
+		(c == '?' && *n == '\0'))
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	  if (c == '\0')
+	    return 0;
+
+	  {
+	    char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
+	    c1 = FOLD (c1);
+	    for (--p; *n != '\0'; ++n)
+	      if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) &&
+		  fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
+		return 0;
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  }
+
+	case '[':
+	  {
+	    /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
+	    register int not;
+
+	    if (*n == '\0')
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+		(n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    not = (*p == '!' || *p == '^');
+	    if (not)
+	      ++p;
+
+	    c = *p++;
+	    for (;;)
+	      {
+		register char cstart = c, cend = c;
+
+		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
+		  cstart = cend = *p++;
+
+		cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);
+
+		if (c == '\0')
+		  /* [ (unterminated) loses.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		c = *p++;
+		c = FOLD (c);
+
+		if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && c == '/')
+		  /* [/] can never match.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		if (c == '-' && *p != ']')
+		  {
+		    cend = *p++;
+		    if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\')
+		      cend = *p++;
+		    if (cend == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    cend = FOLD (cend);
+
+		    c = *p++;
+		  }
+
+		if (FOLD (*n) >= cstart && FOLD (*n) <= cend)
+		  goto matched;
+
+		if (c == ']')
+		  break;
+	      }
+	    if (!not)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	    break;
+
+	  matched:;
+	    /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
+	    while (c != ']')
+	      {
+		if (c == '\0')
+		  /* [... (unterminated) loses.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		c = *p++;
+		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
+		  /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
+		  ++p;
+	      }
+	    if (not)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  if (c != FOLD (*n))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	}
+
+      ++n;
+    }
+
+  if (*n == '\0')
+    return 0;
+
+  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == '/')
+    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
+    return 0;
+
+  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */

glob/fnmatch.h

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
+Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
+
+#define	_FNMATCH_H	1
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#undef	__P
+#define	__P(protos)	protos
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+#undef	__P
+#define	__P(protos)	()
+/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
+   it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
+   non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical.  */
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+
+/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
+   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
+#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
+#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
+#undef	FNM_PERIOD
+
+/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
+#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
+#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
+#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
+
+#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
+#define	FNM_FILE_NAME	FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name.  */
+#define	FNM_LEADING_DIR	(1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
+#define	FNM_CASEFOLD	(1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case.  */
+#endif
+
+/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
+#define	FNM_NOMATCH	1
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
+   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
+extern int fnmatch __P ((const char *__pattern, const char *__string,
+			 int __flags));
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* fnmatch.h */

glob/glob.c

@@ -0,0 +1,788 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
+Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+
+/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file.  */
+#if defined (_AIX) && !defined (__GNUC__)
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Enable GNU extensions in glob.h.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+#define	_GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#define GLOB_INTERFACE_VERSION 1
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_GLOB_INTERFACE_VERSION == GLOB_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+#ifdef	STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifndef POSIX
+#ifdef	_POSIX_VERSION
+#define	POSIX
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <pwd.h>
+
+#if !defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__) && !defined(STDC_HEADERS)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	NULL
+#define	NULL	0
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DIRENT_H) || defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+# include <dirent.h>
+# define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)
+#else
+# define dirent direct
+# define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+#  include <sys/ndir.h>
+# endif
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+#  include <sys/dir.h>
+# endif
+# ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H
+#  include <ndir.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* In GNU systems, <dirent.h> defines this macro for us.  */
+#ifdef _D_NAMLEN
+#undef NAMLEN
+#define NAMLEN(d) _D_NAMLEN(d)
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined (POSIX) && !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+/* Posix does not require that the d_ino field be present, and some
+   systems do not provide it. */
+#define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
+#else
+#define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) (dp->d_ino != 0)
+#endif /* POSIX */
+
+#if	(defined (STDC_HEADERS) || defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__))
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#define	ANSI_STRING
+#else	/* No standard headers.  */
+
+extern char *getenv ();
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#define	ANSI_STRING
+#else
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef	HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#include <memory.h>
+#endif
+
+extern char *malloc (), *realloc ();
+extern void free ();
+
+extern void qsort ();
+extern void abort (), exit ();
+
+#endif	/* Standard headers.  */
+
+#ifndef	ANSI_STRING
+
+#ifndef	bzero
+extern void bzero ();
+#endif
+#ifndef	bcopy
+extern void bcopy ();
+#endif
+
+#define	memcpy(d, s, n)	bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
+#define	strrchr	rindex
+/* memset is only used for zero here, but let's be paranoid.  */
+#define	memset(s, better_be_zero, n) \
+  ((void) ((better_be_zero) == 0 ? (bzero((s), (n)), 0) : (abort(), 0)))
+#endif	/* Not ANSI_STRING.  */
+
+#ifndef	HAVE_STRCOLL
+#define	strcoll	strcmp
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+#ifdef	__GNUC__
+__inline
+#endif
+static char *
+my_realloc (p, n)
+     char *p;
+     unsigned int n;
+{
+  /* These casts are the for sake of the broken Ultrix compiler,
+     which warns of illegal pointer combinations otherwise.  */
+  if (p == NULL)
+    return (char *) malloc (n);
+  return (char *) realloc (p, n);
+}
+#define	realloc	my_realloc
+#endif
+
+
+#if	!defined(__alloca) && !defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+
+#ifdef	__GNUC__
+#undef	alloca
+#define	alloca(n)	__builtin_alloca (n)
+#else	/* Not GCC.  */
+#if	defined (sparc) || defined (HAVE_ALLOCA_H)
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else	/* Not sparc or HAVE_ALLOCA_H.  */
+#ifndef	_AIX
+extern char *alloca ();
+#endif	/* Not _AIX.  */
+#endif	/* sparc or HAVE_ALLOCA_H.  */
+#endif	/* GCC.  */
+
+#define	__alloca	alloca
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#define __stat stat
+#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+#undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISDIR
+#define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	STDC_HEADERS
+#undef	size_t
+#define	size_t	unsigned int
+#endif
+
+/* Some system header files erroneously define these.
+   We want our own definitions from <fnmatch.h> to take precedence.  */
+#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
+#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
+#undef	FNM_PERIOD
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+
+/* Some system header files erroneously define these.
+   We want our own definitions from <glob.h> to take precedence.  */
+#undef	GLOB_ERR
+#undef	GLOB_MARK
+#undef	GLOB_NOSORT
+#undef	GLOB_DOOFFS
+#undef	GLOB_NOCHECK
+#undef	GLOB_APPEND
+#undef	GLOB_NOESCAPE
+#undef	GLOB_PERIOD
+#include <glob.h>
+
+static int glob_pattern_p __P ((const char *pattern, int quote));
+static int glob_in_dir __P ((const char *pattern, const char *directory,
+			     int flags,
+			     int (*errfunc) __P ((const char *, int)),
+			     glob_t *pglob));
+static int prefix_array __P ((const char *prefix, char **array, size_t n));
+static int collated_compare __P ((const __ptr_t, const __ptr_t));
+
+/* Do glob searching for PATTERN, placing results in PGLOB.
+   The bits defined above may be set in FLAGS.
+   If a directory cannot be opened or read and ERRFUNC is not nil,
+   it is called with the pathname that caused the error, and the
+   `errno' value from the failing call; if it returns non-zero
+   `glob' returns GLOB_ABEND; if it returns zero, the error is ignored.
+   If memory cannot be allocated for PGLOB, GLOB_NOSPACE is returned.
+   Otherwise, `glob' returns zero.  */
+int
+glob (pattern, flags, errfunc, pglob)
+     const char *pattern;
+     int flags;
+     int (*errfunc) __P ((const char *, int));
+     glob_t *pglob;
+{
+  const char *filename;
+  char *dirname;
+  size_t dirlen;
+  int status;
+  int oldcount;
+
+  if (pattern == NULL || pglob == NULL || (flags & ~__GLOB_FLAGS) != 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (flags & GLOB_BRACE)
+    {
+      const char *begin = strchr (pattern, '{');
+      if (begin != NULL)
+	{
+	  const char *end = strchr (begin + 1, '}');
+	  if (end != NULL && end != begin + 1)
+	    {
+	      size_t restlen = strlen (end + 1) + 1;
+	      const char *p, *comma;
+	      char *buf;
+	      size_t bufsz = 0;
+	      int firstc;
+	      if (!(flags & GLOB_APPEND))
+		{
+		  pglob->gl_pathc = 0;
+		  pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
+		}
+	      firstc = pglob->gl_pathc;
+	      for (p = begin + 1;; p = comma + 1)
+		{
+		  int result;
+		  comma = strchr (p, ',');
+		  if (comma == NULL)
+		    comma = strchr (p, '\0');
+		  if ((begin - pattern) + (comma - p) + 1 > bufsz)
+		    {
+		      if (bufsz * 2 < comma - p + 1)
+			bufsz *= 2;
+		      else
+			bufsz = comma - p + 1;
+		      buf = __alloca (bufsz);
+		    }
+		  memcpy (buf, pattern, begin - pattern);
+		  memcpy (buf + (begin - pattern), p, comma - p);
+		  memcpy (buf + (begin - pattern) + (comma - p), end, restlen);
+		  result = glob (buf, ((flags & ~(GLOB_NOCHECK|GLOB_NOMAGIC)) |
+				       GLOB_APPEND), errfunc, pglob);
+		  if (result && result != GLOB_NOMATCH)
+		    return result;
+		  if (*comma == '\0')
+		    break;
+		}
+	      if (pglob->gl_pathc == firstc &&
+		  !(flags & (GLOB_NOCHECK|GLOB_NOMAGIC)))
+		return GLOB_NOMATCH;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Find the filename.  */
+  filename = strrchr (pattern, '/');
+  if (filename == NULL)
+    {
+      filename = pattern;
+      dirname = (char *) ".";
+      dirlen = 0;
+    }
+  else if (filename == pattern)
+    {
+      /* "/pattern".  */
+      dirname = (char *) "/";
+      dirlen = 1;
+      ++filename;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      dirlen = filename - pattern;
+      dirname = (char *) __alloca (dirlen + 1);
+      memcpy (dirname, pattern, dirlen);
+      dirname[dirlen] = '\0';
+      ++filename;
+    }
+
+  if (filename[0] == '\0' && dirlen > 1)
+    /* "pattern/".  Expand "pattern", appending slashes.  */
+    {
+      int val = glob (dirname, flags | GLOB_MARK, errfunc, pglob);
+      if (val == 0)
+	pglob->gl_flags = (pglob->gl_flags & ~GLOB_MARK) | (flags & GLOB_MARK);
+      return val;
+    }
+
+  if (!(flags & GLOB_APPEND))
+    {
+      pglob->gl_pathc = 0;
+      pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
+    }
+
+  oldcount = pglob->gl_pathc;
+
+  if ((flags & GLOB_TILDE) && dirname[0] == '~')
+    {
+      if (dirname[1] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Look up home directory.  */
+	  dirname = getenv ("HOME");
+	  if (dirname == NULL || dirname[0] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      extern char *getlogin __P ((void));
+	      char *name = getlogin ();
+	      if (name != NULL)
+		{
+		  struct passwd *p = getpwnam (name);
+		  if (p != NULL)
+		    dirname = p->pw_dir;
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (dirname == NULL || dirname[0] == '\0')
+	    dirname = (char *) "~"; /* No luck.  */
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Look up specific user's home directory.  */
+	  struct passwd *p = getpwnam (dirname + 1);
+	  if (p != NULL)
+	    dirname = p->pw_dir;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (glob_pattern_p (dirname, !(flags & GLOB_NOESCAPE)))
+    {
+      /* The directory name contains metacharacters, so we
+	 have to glob for the directory, and then glob for
+	 the pattern in each directory found.  */
+      glob_t dirs;
+      register int i;
+
+      status = glob (dirname,
+		     ((flags & (GLOB_ERR | GLOB_NOCHECK | GLOB_NOESCAPE)) |
+		      GLOB_NOSORT),
+		     errfunc, &dirs);
+      if (status != 0)
+	return status;
+
+      /* We have successfully globbed the preceding directory name.
+	 For each name we found, call glob_in_dir on it and FILENAME,
+	 appending the results to PGLOB.  */
+      for (i = 0; i < dirs.gl_pathc; ++i)
+	{
+	  int oldcount;
+
+#ifdef	SHELL
+	  {
+	    /* Make globbing interruptible in the bash shell. */
+	    extern int interrupt_state;
+
+	    if (interrupt_state)
+	      {
+		globfree (&dirs);
+		globfree (&files);
+		return GLOB_ABEND;
+	      }
+	  }
+#endif /* SHELL.  */
+
+	  oldcount = pglob->gl_pathc;
+	  status = glob_in_dir (filename, dirs.gl_pathv[i],
+				(flags | GLOB_APPEND) & ~GLOB_NOCHECK,
+				errfunc, pglob);
+	  if (status == GLOB_NOMATCH)
+	    /* No matches in this directory.  Try the next.  */
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (status != 0)
+	    {
+	      globfree (&dirs);
+	      globfree (pglob);
+	      return status;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Stick the directory on the front of each name.  */
+	  if (prefix_array (dirs.gl_pathv[i],
+			    &pglob->gl_pathv[oldcount],
+			    pglob->gl_pathc - oldcount))
+	    {
+	      globfree (&dirs);
+	      globfree (pglob);
+	      return GLOB_NOSPACE;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+
+      if (pglob->gl_pathc == oldcount)
+	/* No matches.  */
+	if (flags & GLOB_NOCHECK)
+	  {
+	    size_t len = strlen (pattern) + 1;
+	    char *patcopy = (char *) malloc (len);
+	    if (patcopy == NULL)
+	      return GLOB_NOSPACE;
+	    memcpy (patcopy, pattern, len);
+
+	    pglob->gl_pathv
+	      = (char **) realloc (pglob->gl_pathv,
+				   (pglob->gl_pathc +
+				    ((flags & GLOB_DOOFFS) ?
+				     pglob->gl_offs : 0) +
+				    1 + 1) *
+				   sizeof (char *));
+	    if (pglob->gl_pathv == NULL)
+	      {
+		free (patcopy);
+		return GLOB_NOSPACE;
+	      }
+
+	    if (flags & GLOB_DOOFFS)
+	      while (pglob->gl_pathc < pglob->gl_offs)
+		pglob->gl_pathv[pglob->gl_pathc++] = NULL;
+
+	    pglob->gl_pathv[pglob->gl_pathc++] = patcopy;
+	    pglob->gl_pathv[pglob->gl_pathc] = NULL;
+	    pglob->gl_flags = flags;
+	  }
+	else
+	  return GLOB_NOMATCH;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      status = glob_in_dir (filename, dirname, flags, errfunc, pglob);
+      if (status != 0)
+	return status;
+
+      if (dirlen > 0)
+	{
+	  /* Stick the directory on the front of each name.  */
+	  if (prefix_array (dirname,
+			    &pglob->gl_pathv[oldcount],
+			    pglob->gl_pathc - oldcount))
+	    {
+	      globfree (pglob);
+	      return GLOB_NOSPACE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (flags & GLOB_MARK)
+    {
+      /* Append slashes to directory names.  */
+      int i;
+      struct stat st;
+      for (i = oldcount; i < pglob->gl_pathc; ++i)
+	if (((flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) ?
+	     (*pglob->gl_stat) (pglob->gl_pathv[i], &st) :
+	     __stat (pglob->gl_pathv[i], &st)) == 0 &&
+	    S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+	  {
+ 	    size_t len = strlen (pglob->gl_pathv[i]) + 2;
+	    char *new = realloc (pglob->gl_pathv[i], len);
+ 	    if (new == NULL)
+	      {
+		globfree (pglob);
+		return GLOB_NOSPACE;
+	      }
+	    strcpy (&new[len - 2], "/");
+	    pglob->gl_pathv[i] = new;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  if (!(flags & GLOB_NOSORT))
+    /* Sort the vector.  */
+    qsort ((__ptr_t) &pglob->gl_pathv[oldcount],
+	   pglob->gl_pathc - oldcount,
+	   sizeof (char *), collated_compare);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Free storage allocated in PGLOB by a previous `glob' call.  */
+void
+globfree (pglob)
+     register glob_t *pglob;
+{
+  if (pglob->gl_pathv != NULL)
+    {
+      register int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < pglob->gl_pathc; ++i)
+	if (pglob->gl_pathv[i] != NULL)
+	  free ((__ptr_t) pglob->gl_pathv[i]);
+      free ((__ptr_t) pglob->gl_pathv);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Do a collated comparison of A and B.  */
+static int
+collated_compare (a, b)
+     const __ptr_t a;
+     const __ptr_t b;
+{
+  const char *const s1 = *(const char *const * const) a;
+  const char *const s2 = *(const char *const * const) b;
+
+  if (s1 == s2)
+    return 0;
+  if (s1 == NULL)
+    return 1;
+  if (s2 == NULL)
+    return -1;
+  return strcoll (s1, s2);
+}
+
+
+/* Prepend DIRNAME to each of N members of ARRAY, replacing ARRAY's
+   elements in place.  Return nonzero if out of memory, zero if successful.
+   A slash is inserted between DIRNAME and each elt of ARRAY,
+   unless DIRNAME is just "/".  Each old element of ARRAY is freed.  */
+static int
+prefix_array (dirname, array, n)
+     const char *dirname;
+     char **array;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  register size_t i;
+  size_t dirlen = strlen (dirname);
+
+  if (dirlen == 1 && dirname[0] == '/')
+    /* DIRNAME is just "/", so normal prepending would get us "//foo".
+       We want "/foo" instead, so don't prepend any chars from DIRNAME.  */
+    dirlen = 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
+    {
+      size_t eltlen = strlen (array[i]) + 1;
+      char *new = (char *) malloc (dirlen + 1 + eltlen);
+      if (new == NULL)
+	{
+	  while (i > 0)
+	    free ((__ptr_t) array[--i]);
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      memcpy (new, dirname, dirlen);
+      new[dirlen] = '/';
+      memcpy (&new[dirlen + 1], array[i], eltlen);
+      free ((__ptr_t) array[i]);
+      array[i] = new;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Return nonzero if PATTERN contains any metacharacters.
+   Metacharacters can be quoted with backslashes if QUOTE is nonzero.  */
+static int
+glob_pattern_p (pattern, quote)
+     const char *pattern;
+     int quote;
+{
+  register const char *p;
+  int open = 0;
+
+  for (p = pattern; *p != '\0'; ++p)
+    switch (*p)
+      {
+      case '?':
+      case '*':
+	return 1;
+
+      case '\\':
+	if (quote)
+	  ++p;
+	break;
+
+      case '[':
+	open = 1;
+	break;
+
+      case ']':
+	if (open)
+	  return 1;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Like `glob', but PATTERN is a final pathname component,
+   and matches are searched for in DIRECTORY.
+   The GLOB_NOSORT bit in FLAGS is ignored.  No sorting is ever done.
+   The GLOB_APPEND flag is assumed to be set (always appends).  */
+static int
+glob_in_dir (pattern, directory, flags, errfunc, pglob)
+     const char *pattern;
+     const char *directory;
+     int flags;
+     int (*errfunc) __P ((const char *, int));
+     glob_t *pglob;
+{
+  __ptr_t stream;
+
+  struct globlink
+    {
+      struct globlink *next;
+      char *name;
+    };
+  struct globlink *names = NULL;
+  size_t nfound = 0;
+
+  if (!glob_pattern_p (pattern, !(flags & GLOB_NOESCAPE)))
+    {
+      stream = NULL;
+      flags |= GLOB_NOCHECK;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+
+      stream = ((flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) ?
+		(*pglob->gl_opendir) (directory) :
+		(__ptr_t) opendir (directory));
+      if (stream == NULL)
+	{
+	  if ((errfunc != NULL && (*errfunc) (directory, errno)) ||
+	      (flags & GLOB_ERR))
+	    return GLOB_ABEND;
+	}
+      else
+	while (1)
+	  {
+	    const char *name;
+	    size_t len;
+	    struct dirent *d = ((flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) ?
+				(*pglob->gl_readdir) (stream) :
+				readdir ((DIR *) stream));
+	    if (d == NULL)
+	      break;
+	    if (! REAL_DIR_ENTRY (d))
+	      continue;
+
+	    name = d->d_name;
+
+	    if (fnmatch (pattern, name,
+			 (!(flags & GLOB_PERIOD) ? FNM_PERIOD : 0) |
+			 ((flags & GLOB_NOESCAPE) ? FNM_NOESCAPE : 0)) == 0)
+	      {
+		struct globlink *new
+		  = (struct globlink *) __alloca (sizeof (struct globlink));
+		len = NAMLEN (d);
+		new->name
+		  = (char *) malloc (len + 1);
+		if (new->name == NULL)
+		  goto memory_error;
+		memcpy ((__ptr_t) new->name, name, len);
+		new->name[len] = '\0';
+		new->next = names;
+		names = new;
+		++nfound;
+	      }
+	  }
+    }
+
+  if (nfound == 0 && (flags & GLOB_NOMAGIC) &&
+      ! glob_pattern_p (pattern, !(flags & GLOB_NOESCAPE)))
+    flags |= GLOB_NOCHECK;
+
+  if (nfound == 0 && (flags & GLOB_NOCHECK))
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (pattern);
+      nfound = 1;
+      names = (struct globlink *) __alloca (sizeof (struct globlink));
+      names->next = NULL;
+      names->name = (char *) malloc (len + 1);
+      if (names->name == NULL)
+	goto memory_error;
+      memcpy (names->name, pattern, len);
+      names->name[len] = '\0';
+    }
+
+  pglob->gl_pathv
+    = (char **) realloc (pglob->gl_pathv,
+			 (pglob->gl_pathc +
+			  ((flags & GLOB_DOOFFS) ? pglob->gl_offs : 0) +
+			  nfound + 1) *
+			 sizeof (char *));
+  if (pglob->gl_pathv == NULL)
+    goto memory_error;
+
+  if (flags & GLOB_DOOFFS)
+    while (pglob->gl_pathc < pglob->gl_offs)
+      pglob->gl_pathv[pglob->gl_pathc++] = NULL;
+
+  for (; names != NULL; names = names->next)
+    pglob->gl_pathv[pglob->gl_pathc++] = names->name;
+  pglob->gl_pathv[pglob->gl_pathc] = NULL;
+
+  pglob->gl_flags = flags;
+
+  if (stream != NULL)
+    {
+      int save = errno;
+      if (flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+	(*pglob->gl_closedir) (stream);
+      else
+	closedir ((DIR *) stream);
+      errno = save;
+    }
+  return nfound == 0 ? GLOB_NOMATCH : 0;
+
+ memory_error:
+  {
+    int save = errno;
+    if (flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+      (*pglob->gl_closedir) (stream);
+    else
+      closedir ((DIR *) stream);
+    errno = save;
+  }
+  while (names != NULL)
+    {
+      if (names->name != NULL)
+	free ((__ptr_t) names->name);
+      names = names->next;
+    }
+  return GLOB_NOSPACE;
+}
+
+#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
+

glob/glob.h

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
+Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef	_GLOB_H
+
+#define	_GLOB_H	1
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+#undef	__ptr_t
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#undef	__P
+#define	__P(protos)	protos
+#define	__ptr_t	void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+#undef	__P
+#define	__P(protos)	()
+#undef	const
+#define	const
+#define	__ptr_t	char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `glob'.  */
+#define	GLOB_ERR	(1 << 0)/* Return on read errors.  */
+#define	GLOB_MARK	(1 << 1)/* Append a slash to each name.  */
+#define	GLOB_NOSORT	(1 << 2)/* Don't sort the names.  */
+#define	GLOB_DOOFFS	(1 << 3)/* Insert PGLOB->gl_offs NULLs.  */
+#define	GLOB_NOCHECK	(1 << 4)/* If nothing matches, return the pattern.  */
+#define	GLOB_APPEND	(1 << 5)/* Append to results of a previous call.  */
+#define	GLOB_NOESCAPE	(1 << 6)/* Backslashes don't quote metacharacters.  */
+#define	GLOB_PERIOD	(1 << 7)/* Leading `.' can be matched by metachars.  */
+#define	__GLOB_FLAGS	(GLOB_ERR|GLOB_MARK|GLOB_NOSORT|GLOB_DOOFFS| \
+			 GLOB_NOESCAPE|GLOB_NOCHECK|GLOB_APPEND|     \
+			 GLOB_PERIOD|GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC|GLOB_BRACE|     \
+			 GLOB_NOMAGIC|GLOB_TILDE)
+
+#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined (_BSD_SOURCE)
+#define	GLOB_MAGCHAR	(1 << 8)/* Set in gl_flags if any metachars seen.  */
+#define GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC	(1 << 9)/* Use gl_opendir et al functions.  */
+#define GLOB_BRACE	(1 << 10)/* Expand "{a,b}" to "a" "b".  */
+#define GLOB_NOMAGIC	(1 << 11)/* If no magic chars, return the pattern.  */
+#define GLOB_TILDE	(1 <<12)/* Expand ~user and ~ to home directories.  */
+#endif
+
+/* Error returns from `glob'.  */
+#define	GLOB_NOSPACE	1	/* Ran out of memory.  */
+#define	GLOB_ABEND	2	/* Read error.  */
+#define	GLOB_NOMATCH	3	/* No matches found.  */
+
+/* Structure describing a globbing run.  */
+struct stat;
+typedef struct
+  {
+    int gl_pathc;		/* Count of paths matched by the pattern.  */
+    char **gl_pathv;		/* List of matched pathnames.  */
+    int gl_offs;		/* Slots to reserve in `gl_pathv'.  */
+    int gl_flags;		/* Set to FLAGS, maybe | GLOB_MAGCHAR.  */
+
+    /* If the GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC flag is set, the following functions
+       are used instead of the normal file access functions.  */
+    void (*gl_closedir) __P ((void *));
+    struct dirent *(*gl_readdir) __P ((void *));
+    __ptr_t (*gl_opendir) __P ((const char *));
+    int (*gl_lstat) __P ((const char *, struct stat *));
+    int (*gl_stat) __P ((const char *, struct stat *));
+  } glob_t;
+
+/* Do glob searching for PATTERN, placing results in PGLOB.
+   The bits defined above may be set in FLAGS.
+   If a directory cannot be opened or read and ERRFUNC is not nil,
+   it is called with the pathname that caused the error, and the
+   `errno' value from the failing call; if it returns non-zero
+   `glob' returns GLOB_ABEND; if it returns zero, the error is ignored.
+   If memory cannot be allocated for PGLOB, GLOB_NOSPACE is returned.
+   Otherwise, `glob' returns zero.  */
+extern int glob __P ((const char *__pattern, int __flags,
+		      int (*__errfunc) __P ((const char *, int)),
+		      glob_t *__pglob));
+
+/* Free storage allocated in PGLOB by a previous `glob' call.  */
+extern void globfree __P ((glob_t *__pglob));
+
+
+#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
+/* If they are not NULL, `glob' uses these functions to read directories.  */
+extern __ptr_t (*__glob_opendir_hook) __P ((const char *__directory));
+extern const char *(*__glob_readdir_hook) __P ((__ptr_t __stream));
+extern void (*__glob_closedir_hook) __P ((__ptr_t __stream));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* glob.h  */

gpl.texinfo

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
 @display
 Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+59 Temple Place -- Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
 
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

job.c

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* Job execution and handling for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96
+	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -23,9 +24,6 @@ the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 #include "variable.h"
 #include <assert.h>
 
-/* Default path to search for executables.  */
-static char default_path[] = ":/bin:/usr/bin";
-
 /* Default shell to use.  */
 char default_shell[] = "/bin/sh";
 
@@ -38,21 +36,13 @@ static char *dos_bename;
 static int dos_batch_file;
 #endif /* MSDOS.  */
 
-
-/* If NGROUPS_MAX == 0 then try other methods for finding a real value.  */
-#if defined (NGROUPS_MAX) && NGROUPS_MAX == 0
-#undef NGROUPS_MAX
-#endif /* NGROUPS_MAX == 0 */
-
-#ifndef	NGROUPS_MAX
-#ifdef	POSIX
-#define	GET_NGROUPS_MAX	sysconf (_SC_NGROUPS_MAX)
-#else	/* Not POSIX.  */
-#define	NGROUPS_MAX	NGROUPS
-#endif	/* POSIX.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#else
+#include <sys/file.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef	HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H) || defined (HAVE_UNION_WAIT)
 #include <sys/wait.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -121,19 +111,6 @@ extern int geteuid (), getegid ();
 extern int setgid (), getgid ();
 #endif
 
-#ifndef	getdtablesize
-#ifdef HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE
-extern int getdtablesize ();
-#else
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#define getdtablesize() NOFILE
-#if !defined (NOFILE) && defined (NOFILES_MAX)
-/* SCO 3.2 "devsys 4.2" defines NOFILES_{MIN,MAX} in lieu of NOFILE.  */
-#define NOFILE	NOFILES_MAX
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
 extern int getloadavg ();
 extern int start_remote_job_p ();
 extern int start_remote_job (), remote_status ();
@@ -168,19 +145,17 @@ child_error (target_name, exit_code, exit_sig, coredump, ignored)
      int exit_code, exit_sig, coredump;
      int ignored;
 {
+  if (ignored && silent_flag)
+    return;
+
   if (exit_sig == 0)
     error (ignored ? "[%s] Error %d (ignored)" :
 	   "*** [%s] Error %d",
 	   target_name, exit_code);
   else
-    {
-      char *coredump_string = coredump ? " (core dumped)" : "";
-      if (exit_sig > 0 && exit_sig < NSIG)
-	error ("*** [%s] %s%s",
-	       target_name, sys_siglist[exit_sig], coredump_string);
-      else
-	error ("*** [%s] Signal %d%s", target_name, exit_sig, coredump_string);
-    }
+    error ("*** [%s] %s%s",
+	   target_name, strsignal (exit_sig),
+	   coredump ? " (core dumped)" : "");
 }
 
 static unsigned int dead_children = 0;
@@ -381,7 +356,7 @@ reap_children (block, err)
 		 delete non-precious targets, and abort.  */
 	      static int delete_on_error = -1;
 	      child_error (c->file->name, exit_code, exit_sig, coredump, 0);
-	      c->file->update_status = 1;
+	      c->file->update_status = 2;
 	      if (delete_on_error == -1)
 		{
 		  struct file *f = lookup_file (".DELETE_ON_ERROR");
@@ -409,7 +384,7 @@ reap_children (block, err)
 			 Since there are more commands that wanted to be run,
 			 the target was not completely remade.  So we treat
 			 this as if a command had failed.  */
-		      c->file->update_status = 1;
+		      c->file->update_status = 2;
 		    }
 		  else
 		    {
@@ -419,6 +394,11 @@ reap_children (block, err)
 			 by start_remote_job_p.  */
 		      c->remote = start_remote_job_p ();
 		      start_job_command (c);
+		      /* Fatal signals are left blocked in case we were
+			 about to put that child on the chain.  But it is
+			 already there, so it is safe for a fatal signal to
+			 arrive now; it will clean up this child's targets.  */
+		      unblock_sigs ();
 		      if (c->file->command_state == cs_running)
 			/* We successfully started the new command.
 			   Loop to reap more children.  */
@@ -437,7 +417,7 @@ reap_children (block, err)
 	    }
 
 	  /* When we get here, all the commands for C->file are finished
-	     (or aborted) and C->file->update_status contains 0 or 1.  But
+	     (or aborted) and C->file->update_status contains 0 or 2.  But
 	     C->file->command_state is still cs_running if all the commands
 	     ran; notice_finish_file looks for cs_running to tell it that
 	     it's interesting to check the file's modtime again now.  */
@@ -521,7 +501,11 @@ unblock_sigs ()
 #endif
 
 /* Start a job to run the commands specified in CHILD.
-   CHILD is updated to reflect the commands and ID of the child process.  */
+   CHILD is updated to reflect the commands and ID of the child process.
+
+   NOTE: On return fatal signals are blocked!  The caller is responsible
+   for calling `unblock_sigs', once the new child is safely on the chain so
+   it can be cleaned up in the event of a fatal signal.  */
 
 static void
 start_job_command (child)
@@ -556,7 +540,7 @@ start_job_command (child)
      1 tells the user that -q is saying `something to do'; the exit status
      for a random error is 2.  */
   if (question_flag && !(flags & COMMANDS_RECURSE))
-    {  
+    {
       child->file->update_status = 1;
       notice_finished_file (child->file);
       return;
@@ -565,9 +549,9 @@ start_job_command (child)
   /* There may be some preceding whitespace left if there
      was nothing but a backslash on the first line.  */
   p = next_token (p);
-  
+
   /* Figure out an argument list from this command line.  */
-  
+
   {
     char *end;
     argv = construct_command_argv (p, &end, child->file);
@@ -591,6 +575,7 @@ start_job_command (child)
 
   if (argv == 0)
     {
+    next_command:
       /* This line has no commands.  Go to the next.  */
       if (job_next_command (child))
 	start_job_command (child);
@@ -603,10 +588,12 @@ start_job_command (child)
       return;
     }
 
-  /* Print out the command.  */
+  /* Print out the command.  If silent, we call `message' with null so it
+     can log the working directory before the command's own error messages
+     appear.  */
 
-  if (just_print_flag || (!(flags & COMMANDS_SILENT) && !silent_flag))
-    puts (p);
+  message (0, (just_print_flag || (!(flags & COMMANDS_SILENT) && !silent_flag))
+	   ? "%s" : (char *) 0, p);
 
   /* Tell update_goal_chain that a command has been started on behalf of
      this target.  It is important that this happens here and not in
@@ -623,17 +610,14 @@ start_job_command (child)
     {
       free (argv[0]);
       free ((char *) argv);
-      if (job_next_command (child))
-	start_job_command (child);
-      child->file->update_status = 0;
-      return;
+      goto next_command;
     }
 
   /* Flush the output streams so they won't have things written twice.  */
 
   fflush (stdout);
   fflush (stderr);
-  
+
   /* Set up a bad standard input that reads from a broken pipe.  */
 
   if (bad_stdin == -1)
@@ -647,6 +631,16 @@ start_job_command (child)
 	  (void) close (pd[1]);
 	  /* Save the read side.  */
 	  bad_stdin = pd[0];
+
+	  /* Set the descriptor to close on exec, so it does not litter any
+	     child's descriptor table.  When it is dup2'd onto descriptor 0,
+	     that descriptor will not close on exec.  */
+#ifdef FD_SETFD
+#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
+#define FD_CLOEXEC 1
+#endif
+	  (void) fcntl (bad_stdin, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+#endif
 	}
     }
 
@@ -689,6 +683,8 @@ start_job_command (child)
     {
       /* Fork the child process.  */
 
+      char **parent_environ;
+
 #ifdef	 POSIX
       (void) sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &fatal_signal_set, (sigset_t *) 0);
 #else
@@ -698,7 +694,9 @@ start_job_command (child)
 #endif
 
       child->remote = 0;
+      parent_environ = environ;
       child->pid = vfork ();
+      environ = parent_environ;	/* Restore value child may have clobbered.  */
       if (child->pid == 0)
 	{
 	  /* We are the child side.  */
@@ -768,7 +766,7 @@ start_waiting_job (c)
     {
       /* Put this child on the chain of children waiting
 	 for the load average to go down.  */
-      c->file->command_state = cs_running;
+      set_command_state (c->file, cs_running);
       c->next = waiting_jobs;
       waiting_jobs = c;
       return 0;
@@ -947,23 +945,17 @@ new_job (file)
   c->environment = 0;
 
   /* Fetch the first command line to be run.  */
-  if (! job_next_command (c))
-    {
-      /* There were no commands!  */
-      free_child (c);
-      c->file->update_status = 0;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* The job is now primed.  Start it running.  */
-      start_waiting_job (c);
+  job_next_command (c);
 
-      if (job_slots == 1)
-	/* Since there is only one job slot, make things run linearly.
-	   Wait for the child to die, setting the state to `cs_finished'.  */
-	while (file->command_state == cs_running)
-	  reap_children (1, 0);
-    }
+  /* The job is now primed.  Start it running.
+     (This will notice if there are in fact no commands.)  */
+  start_waiting_job (c);
+
+  if (job_slots == 1)
+    /* Since there is only one job slot, make things run linearly.
+       Wait for the child to die, setting the state to `cs_finished'.  */
+    while (file->command_state == cs_running)
+      reap_children (1, 0);
 }
 
 /* Move CHILD's pointers to the next command for it to execute.
@@ -973,7 +965,7 @@ static int
 job_next_command (child)
      struct child *child;
 {
-  if (child->command_ptr == 0 || *child->command_ptr == '\0')
+  while (child->command_ptr == 0 || *child->command_ptr == '\0')
     {
       /* There are no more lines in the expansion of this line.  */
       if (child->command_line == child->file->cmds->ncommand_lines)
@@ -1060,118 +1052,15 @@ child_execute_job (stdin_fd, stdout_fd, argv, envp)
     (void) dup2 (stdin_fd, 0);
   if (stdout_fd != 1)
     (void) dup2 (stdout_fd, 1);
-
-  /* Free up file descriptors.  */
-  {
-    register int d;
-    int max = getdtablesize ();
-    for (d = 3; d < max; ++d)
-      (void) close (d);
-  }
+  if (stdin_fd != 0)
+    (void) close (stdin_fd);
+  if (stdout_fd != 1)
+    (void) close (stdout_fd);
 
   /* Run the command.  */
   exec_command (argv, envp);
 }
 
-/* Search PATH for FILE.
-   If successful, store the full pathname in PROGRAM and return 1.
-   If not sucessful, return zero.  */
-
-static int
-search_path (file, path, program)
-     char *file, *path, *program;
-{
-  if (path == 0 || path[0] == '\0')
-    path = default_path;
-
-  if (
-#ifdef __MSDOS__
-      strpbrk (file, "/\\:")
-#else
-      index (file, '/') 
-#endif
-      != 0)
-    {
-      strcpy (program, file);
-      return 1;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      unsigned int len;
-
-#ifdef	HAVE_GETGROUPS
-#ifndef	HAVE_UNISTD_H
-      extern int getgroups ();
-#endif
-      static int ngroups = -1;
-#ifdef	NGROUPS_MAX
-      static GETGROUPS_T groups[NGROUPS_MAX];
-#define	ngroups_max	NGROUPS_MAX
-#else
-      static GETGROUPS_T *groups = 0;
-      static int ngroups_max;
-      if (groups == 0)
-	{
-	  ngroups_max = GET_NGROUPS_MAX;
-	  groups = (GETGROUPS_T *) malloc (ngroups_max * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
-	}
-#endif
-      if (groups != 0 && ngroups == -1)
-	ngroups = getgroups (ngroups_max, groups);
-#endif	/* Have getgroups.  */
-
-      len = strlen (file) + 1;
-      do
-	{
-	  struct stat st;
-	  int perm;
-	  char *p;
-
-	  p = index (path, PATH_SEPARATOR_CHAR);
-	  if (p == 0)
-	    p = path + strlen (path);
-
-	  if (p == path)
-	    bcopy (file, program, len);
-	  else
-	    {
-	      bcopy (path, program, p - path);
-	      program[p - path] = '/';
-	      bcopy (file, program + (p - path) + 1, len);
-	    }
-
-	  if (safe_stat (program, &st) == 0
-	      && S_ISREG (st.st_mode))
-	    {
-	      if (st.st_uid == geteuid ())
-		perm = (st.st_mode & 0100);
-	      else if (st.st_gid == getegid ())
-		perm = (st.st_mode & 0010);
-	      else
-		{
-#ifdef	HAVE_GETGROUPS
-		  register int i;
-		  for (i = 0; i < ngroups; ++i)
-		    if (groups[i] == st.st_gid)
-		      break;
-		  if (i < ngroups)
-		    perm = (st.st_mode & 0010);
-		  else
-#endif	/* Have getgroups.  */
-		    perm = (st.st_mode & 0001);
-		}
-
-	      if (perm != 0)
-		return 1;
-	    }
-
-	  path = p + 1;
-	} while (*path != '\0');
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
 /* Replace the current process with one running the command in ARGV,
    with environment ENVP.  This function does not return.  */
 
@@ -1179,82 +1068,65 @@ void
 exec_command (argv, envp)
      char **argv, **envp;
 {
-  char *shell, *path;
-  PATH_VAR (program);
-  register char **ep;
-
-  shell = path = 0;
-  for (ep = envp; *ep != 0; ++ep)
-    {
-      if (shell == 0 && !strncmp(*ep, "SHELL=", 6))
-	shell = &(*ep)[6];
-      else if (path == 0 && !strncmp(*ep, "PATH=", 5))
-	path = &(*ep)[5];
-      else if (path != 0 && shell != 0)
-	break;
-    }
-
   /* Be the user, permanently.  */
   child_access ();
 
-  if (!search_path (argv[0], path, program))
-    error ("%s: Command not found", argv[0]);
-  else
+  /* Run the program.  */
+  environ = envp;
+  execvp (argv[0], argv);
+
+  switch (errno)
     {
-      /* Run the program.  */
-      execve (program, argv, envp);
+    case ENOENT:
+      error ("%s: Command not found", argv[0]);
+      break;
+    case ENOEXEC:
+      {
+	/* The file is not executable.  Try it as a shell script.  */
+	extern char *getenv ();
+	char *shell;
+	char **new_argv;
+	int argc;
 
-      if (errno == ENOEXEC)
-	{
-	  PATH_VAR (shell_program);
-	  char *shell_path;
-	  if (shell == 0)
-	    shell_path = default_shell;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      if (search_path (shell, path, shell_program))
-		shell_path = shell_program;
-	      else
-		{
-		  shell_path = 0;
-		  error ("%s: Shell program not found", shell);
-		}
-	    }
+	shell = getenv ("SHELL");
+	if (shell == 0)
+	  shell = default_shell;
 
-	  if (shell_path != 0)
-	    {
-	      char **new_argv;
-	      int argc;
+	argc = 1;
+	while (argv[argc] != 0)
+	  ++argc;
 
-	      argc = 1;
-	      while (argv[argc] != 0)
-		++argc;
+	new_argv = (char **) alloca ((1 + argc + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+	new_argv[0] = shell;
+	new_argv[1] = argv[0];
+	while (argc > 0)
+	  {
+	    new_argv[1 + argc] = argv[argc];
+	    --argc;
+	  }
 
-	      new_argv = (char **) alloca ((1 + argc + 1) * sizeof (char *));
-	      new_argv[0] = shell_path;
-	      new_argv[1] = program;
-	      while (argc > 0)
-		{
-		  new_argv[1 + argc] = argv[argc];
-		  --argc;
-		}
+	execvp (shell, new_argv);
+	if (errno == ENOENT)
+	  error ("%s: Shell program not found", shell);
+	else
+	  perror_with_name ("execvp: ", shell);
+	break;
+      }
 
-	      execve (shell_path, new_argv, envp);
-	      perror_with_name ("execve: ", shell_path);
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	perror_with_name ("execve: ", program);
+    default:
+      perror_with_name ("execvp: ", argv[0]);
+      break;
     }
 
   _exit (127);
 }
 
-/* Figure out the argument list necessary to run LINE as a command.
-   Try to avoid using a shell.  This routine handles only ' quoting.
-   Starting quotes may be escaped with a backslash.  If any of the
-   characters in sh_chars[] is seen, or any of the builtin commands
-   listed in sh_cmds[] is the first word of a line, the shell is used.
+/* Figure out the argument list necessary to run LINE as a command.  Try to
+   avoid using a shell.  This routine handles only ' quoting, and " quoting
+   when no backslash, $ or ` characters are seen in the quotes.  Starting
+   quotes may be escaped with a backslash.  If any of the characters in
+   sh_chars[] is seen, or any of the builtin commands listed in sh_cmds[]
+   is the first word of a line, the shell is used.
 
    If RESTP is not NULL, *RESTP is set to point to the first newline in LINE.
    If *RESTP is NULL, newlines will be ignored.
@@ -1332,7 +1204,7 @@ construct_command_argv_internal (line, restp, shell, ifs)
 	string_char:
 	  /* Inside a string, just copy any char except a closing quote
 	     or a backslash-newline combination.  */
-	  if (*p == '\'')
+	  if (*p == instring)
 	    instring = 0;
 	  else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == '\n')
 	    goto swallow_escaped_newline;
@@ -1342,6 +1214,10 @@ construct_command_argv_internal (line, restp, shell, ifs)
 	      *restp = p;
 	      goto end_of_line;
 	    }
+	  /* Backslash, $, and ` are special inside double quotes.
+	     If we see any of those, punt.  */
+	  else if (instring == '"' && index ("\\$`", *p) != 0)
+	    goto slow;
 	  else
 	    *ap++ = *p;
 	}
@@ -1399,7 +1275,8 @@ construct_command_argv_internal (line, restp, shell, ifs)
 	    break;
 
 	  case '\'':
-	    instring = 1;
+	  case '"':
+	    instring = *p;
 	    break;
 
 	  case '\n':
@@ -1505,7 +1382,7 @@ construct_command_argv_internal (line, restp, shell, ifs)
 	 strcat (dos_bname, ".bat");
 	 strcat (dos_bename, ".err");
        }
-     batch = fopen(bename, "w"); /* Create a file.  */
+     batch = fopen (dos_bename, "w"); /* Create a file.  */
      if (batch != NULL)
        fclose (batch);
      batch = fopen (dos_bname, "w");
@@ -1514,7 +1391,7 @@ construct_command_argv_internal (line, restp, shell, ifs)
      fprintf (batch, "\nif errorlevel 1 del %s\n", dos_bename);
      fclose (batch);
      new_argv = (char **) xmalloc(2 * sizeof(char *));
-     new_argv[0] = strdup (bname);
+     new_argv[0] = strdup (dos_bname);
      new_argv[1] = 0;
    }
 #else	/* Not MSDOS.  */
@@ -1523,14 +1400,14 @@ construct_command_argv_internal (line, restp, shell, ifs)
        "SHELL -c LINE", with all special chars in LINE escaped.
        Then recurse, expanding this command line to get the final
        argument list.  */
-    
+
     unsigned int shell_len = strlen (shell);
     static char minus_c[] = " -c ";
     unsigned int line_len = strlen (line);
-    
+
     char *new_line = (char *) alloca (shell_len + (sizeof (minus_c) - 1)
 				      + (line_len * 2) + 1);
-    
+
     ap = new_line;
     bcopy (shell, ap, shell_len);
     ap += shell_len;
@@ -1564,14 +1441,14 @@ construct_command_argv_internal (line, restp, shell, ifs)
 	    continue;
 	  }
 
-	if (*p == '\\' || *p == '\''
+	if (*p == '\\' || *p == '\'' || *p == '"'
 	    || isspace (*p)
 	    || index (sh_chars, *p) != 0)
 	  *ap++ = '\\';
 	*ap++ = *p;
       }
     *ap = '\0';
-    
+
     new_argv = construct_command_argv_internal (new_line, (char **) NULL,
 						(char *) 0, (char *) 0);
   }
@@ -1580,11 +1457,12 @@ construct_command_argv_internal (line, restp, shell, ifs)
   return new_argv;
 }
 
-/* Figure out the argument list necessary to run LINE as a command.
-   Try to avoid using a shell.  This routine handles only ' quoting.
-   Starting quotes may be escaped with a backslash.  If any of the
-   characters in sh_chars[] is seen, or any of the builtin commands
-   listed in sh_cmds[] is the first word of a line, the shell is used.
+/* Figure out the argument list necessary to run LINE as a command.  Try to
+   avoid using a shell.  This routine handles only ' quoting, and " quoting
+   when no backslash, $ or ` characters are seen in the quotes.  Starting
+   quotes may be escaped with a backslash.  If any of the characters in
+   sh_chars[] is seen, or any of the builtin commands listed in sh_cmds[]
+   is the first word of a line, the shell is used.
 
    If RESTP is not NULL, *RESTP is set to point to the first newline in LINE.
    If *RESTP is NULL, newlines will be ignored.

loadtest.c

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+extern volatile void exit (int);
+extern double load_average (void);
+
+double max_load_average = -1;
+unsigned int job_slots_used = 0;
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  printf ("load_average () = %.2f\n", load_average ());
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+void
+error (char *fmt, ...)
+{
+  exit (1);
+}
+
+void 
+perror_with_name (char *a, char *b)
+{
+  exit (1);
+}
+
+void
+wait_for_children (int i)
+{
+  return;
+}

main.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Argument parsing and main program of GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 94, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 #include "variable.h"
 #include "job.h"
 #include "getopt.h"
+#include <assert.h>
 
 
 extern void print_variable_data_base ();
@@ -42,7 +43,6 @@ extern double atof ();
 #endif
 extern char *mktemp ();
 
-static void log_working_directory ();
 static void print_data_base (), print_version ();
 static void decode_switches (), decode_env_switches ();
 static void define_makeflags ();
@@ -366,6 +366,9 @@ static struct file *
 enter_command_line_file (name)
      char *name;
 {
+  if (name[0] == '\0')
+    fatal ("empty string invalid as file name");
+
   if (name[0] == '~')
     {
       char *expanded = tilde_expand (name);
@@ -383,7 +386,7 @@ enter_command_line_file (name)
 	/* Skip following slashes: ".//foo" is "foo", not "/foo".  */
 	++name;
     }
-  
+
   if (*name == '\0')
     {
       /* It was all slashes!  Move back to the dot and truncate
@@ -397,13 +400,21 @@ enter_command_line_file (name)
   return enter_file (savestring (name, strlen (name)));
 }
 
+/* Toggle -d on receipt of SIGUSR1.  */
+
+static RETSIGTYPE
+debug_signal_handler (sig)
+     int sig;
+{
+  debug_flag = ! debug_flag;
+}
+
 int
 main (argc, argv, envp)
      int argc;
      char **argv;
      char **envp;
 {
-  extern void init_dir ();
   extern RETSIGTYPE fatal_error_signal (), child_handler ();
   register struct file *f;
   register unsigned int i;
@@ -414,8 +425,8 @@ main (argc, argv, envp)
   default_goal_file = 0;
   reading_filename = 0;
   reading_lineno_ptr = 0;
-  
-#ifndef	HAVE_SYS_SIGLIST
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRSIGNAL) && !defined (HAVE_SYS_SIGLIST)
   signame_init ();
 #endif
 
@@ -467,16 +478,13 @@ main (argc, argv, envp)
 #endif	/* setvbuf reversed.  */
 #endif	/* setlinebuf missing.  */
 
-  /* Initialize the directory hashing code.  */
-  init_dir ();
-
   /* Figure out where this program lives.  */
 
   if (argv[0] == 0)
     argv[0] = "";
   if (argv[0][0] == '\0')
     program = "make";
-  else 
+  else
     {
       program = rindex (argv[0], '/');
 #ifdef __MSDOS__
@@ -589,7 +597,7 @@ main (argc, argv, envp)
 	}
 
       /* Now allocate a buffer big enough and fill it.  */
-      p = value = alloca (len);
+      p = value = (char *) alloca (len);
       for (cv = command_variables; cv != 0; cv = cv->next)
 	{
 	  v = cv->variable;
@@ -675,10 +683,6 @@ main (argc, argv, envp)
 	starting_directory = current_directory;
     }
 
-  /* Tell the user where he is.  */
-
-  if (print_directory_flag)
-    log_working_directory (1);
 
   /* Read any stdin makefiles into temporary files.  */
 
@@ -691,11 +695,16 @@ main (argc, argv, envp)
 	    /* This makefile is standard input.  Since we may re-exec
 	       and thus re-read the makefiles, we read standard input
 	       into a temporary file and read from that.  */
-	    static char name[] = "/tmp/GmXXXXXX";
 	    FILE *outfile;
 
 	    /* Make a unique filename.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_MKTEMP
+	    static char name[] = "/tmp/GmXXXXXX";
 	    (void) mktemp (name);
+#else
+	    static char name[L_tmpnam];
+	    (void) tmpnam (name);
+#endif
 
 	    outfile = fopen (name, "w");
 	    if (outfile == 0)
@@ -744,6 +753,11 @@ main (argc, argv, envp)
   (void) signal (SIGCLD, child_handler);
 #endif
 
+  /* Let the user send us SIGUSR1 to toggle the -d flag during the run.  */
+#ifdef SIGUSR1
+  (void) signal (SIGUSR1, debug_signal_handler);
+#endif
+
   /* Define the initial list of suffixes for old-style rules.  */
 
   set_default_suffixes ();
@@ -897,21 +911,24 @@ main (argc, argv, envp)
 		d = d->next;
 	      }
 	  }
-      }	
+      }
 
       /* Set up `MAKEFLAGS' specially while remaking makefiles.  */
       define_makeflags (1, 1);
 
       switch (update_goal_chain (read_makefiles, 1))
 	{
+	case 1:
 	default:
-	  abort ();
-	  
+#define BOGUS_UPDATE_STATUS 0
+	  assert (BOGUS_UPDATE_STATUS);
+	  break;
+
 	case -1:
 	  /* Did nothing.  */
 	  break;
-	  
-	case 1:
+
+	case 2:
 	  /* Failed to update.  Figure out if we care.  */
 	  {
 	    /* Nonzero if any makefile was successfully remade.  */
@@ -984,8 +1001,7 @@ main (argc, argv, envp)
 	  if (print_data_base_flag)
 	    print_data_base ();
 
-	  if (print_directory_flag)
-	    log_working_directory (0);
+	  log_working_directory (0);
 
 	  if (makefiles != 0)
 	    {
@@ -1179,6 +1195,51 @@ init_switches ()
   long_options[i].name = 0;
 }
 
+static void
+handle_non_switch_argument (arg, env)
+     char *arg;
+     int env;
+{
+  /* Non-option argument.  It might be a variable definition.  */
+  struct variable *v;
+  if (arg[0] == '-' && arg[1] == '\0')
+    /* Ignore plain `-' for compatibility.  */
+    return;
+  v = try_variable_definition ((char *) 0, 0, arg, o_command);
+  if (v != 0)
+    {
+      /* It is indeed a variable definition.  Record a pointer to
+	 the variable for later use in define_makeflags.  */
+      struct command_variable *cv
+	= (struct command_variable *) xmalloc (sizeof (*cv));
+      cv->variable = v;
+      cv->next = command_variables;
+      command_variables = cv;
+    }
+  else if (! env)
+    {
+      /* Not an option or variable definition; it must be a goal
+	 target!  Enter it as a file and add it to the dep chain of
+	 goals.  */
+      struct file *f = enter_command_line_file (arg);
+      f->cmd_target = 1;
+
+      if (goals == 0)
+	{
+	  goals = (struct dep *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct dep));
+	  lastgoal = goals;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  lastgoal->next
+	    = (struct dep *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct dep));
+	  lastgoal = lastgoal->next;
+	}
+      lastgoal->name = 0;
+      lastgoal->file = f;
+    }
+}
+
 /* Decode switches from ARGC and ARGV.
    They came from the environment if ENV is nonzero.  */
 
@@ -1204,64 +1265,16 @@ decode_switches (argc, argv, env)
   /* Reset getopt's state.  */
   optind = 0;
 
-  c = 0;
   while (optind < argc)
     {
+      /* Parse the next argument.  */
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, (int *) 0);
       if (c == EOF)
-	{
-	  /* There are no more options according to getting getopt, but
-	     there are some arguments left.  Since we have asked for
-	     non-option arguments to be returned in order, I think this
-	     only happens when there is a "--" argument to prevent later
-	     argument from being options.  Since getopt has finished its
-	     job, just update its state variables for the next argument and
-	     set C as if it had returned 1, indicating a non-option
-	     argument.  */
-	  optarg = argv[optind++];
-	  c = 1;
-	}
-      else
-	/* Parse the next argument.  */
-	c = getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, (int *) 0);
-
-      if (c == 1)
-	{
-	  /* Non-option argument.  It might be a variable definition.  */
-	  struct variable *v;
-	  v = try_variable_definition ((char *) 0, 0, optarg, o_command);
-	  if (v != 0)
-	    {
-	      /* It is indeed a variable definition.  Record a pointer to
-		 the variable for later use in define_makeflags.  */
-	      struct command_variable *cv
-		= (struct command_variable *) xmalloc (sizeof (*cv));
-	      cv->variable = v;
-	      cv->next = command_variables;
-	      command_variables = cv;
-	    }
-	  else if (! env)
-	    {
-	      /* Not an option or variable definition; it must be a goal
-		 target!  Enter it as a file and add it to the dep chain of
-		 goals.  */
-	      struct file *f = enter_command_line_file (optarg);
-	      f->cmd_target = 1;
-	  
-	      if (goals == 0)
-		{
-		  goals = (struct dep *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct dep));
-		  lastgoal = goals;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  lastgoal->next
-		    = (struct dep *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct dep));
-		  lastgoal = lastgoal->next;
-		}
-	      lastgoal->name = 0;
-	      lastgoal->file = f;
-	    }
-	}
+	/* End of arguments, or "--" marker seen.  */
+	break;
+      else if (c == 1)
+	/* An argument not starting with a dash.  */
+	handle_non_switch_argument (optarg, env);
       else if (c == '?')
 	/* Bad option.  We will print a usage message and die later.
 	   But continue to parse the other options so the user can
@@ -1352,28 +1365,39 @@ positive integral argument",
 		    optarg = argv[optind++];
 
 		  if (doit)
-		    *(double *) cs->value_ptr		    
+		    *(double *) cs->value_ptr
 		      = (optarg != 0 ? atof (optarg)
 			 : *(double *) cs->noarg_value);
 
 		  break;
 		}
-	    
+
 	      /* We've found the switch.  Stop looking.  */
 	      break;
 	    }
     }
 
+  /* There are no more options according to getting getopt, but there may
+     be some arguments left.  Since we have asked for non-option arguments
+     to be returned in order, this only happens when there is a "--"
+     argument to prevent later arguments from being options.  */
+  while (optind < argc)
+    handle_non_switch_argument (argv[optind++], env);
+
+
   if (!env && (bad || print_usage_flag))
     {
       /* Print a nice usage message.  */
+      FILE *usageto;
 
       if (print_version_flag)
 	print_version ();
 
-      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [options] [target] ...\n", program);
+      usageto = bad ? stderr : stdout;
 
-      fputs ("Options:\n", stderr);
+      fprintf (usageto, "Usage: %s [options] [target] ...\n", program);
+
+      fputs ("Options:\n", usageto);
       for (cs = switches; cs->c != '\0'; ++cs)
 	{
 	  char buf[1024], shortarg[50], longarg[50], *p;
@@ -1444,11 +1468,11 @@ positive integral argument",
 	       line with the description, leaving at least two spaces.
 	       Print it on its own line instead.  */
 	    {
-	      fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", buf);
+	      fprintf (usageto, "%s\n", buf);
 	      buf[0] = '\0';
 	    }
 
-	  fprintf (stderr, "%*s%s.\n",
+	  fprintf (usageto, "%*s%s.\n",
 		   - DESCRIPTION_COLUMN,
 		   buf, cs->description);
 	}
@@ -1747,6 +1771,24 @@ define_makeflags (all, makefile)
       flags = flags->next;
     }
 
+
+  /* Define MFLAGS before appending variable definitions.  */
+
+  if (p == &flagstring[1])
+    /* No flags.  */
+    flagstring[0] = '\0';
+  else if (p[-1] == '-')
+    /* Kill the final space and dash.  */
+    p[-2] = '\0';
+  else
+    /* Terminate the string.  */
+    *p = '\0';
+
+  /* Since MFLAGS is not parsed for flags, there is no reason to
+     override any makefile redefinition.  */
+  (void) define_variable ("MFLAGS", 6, flagstring, o_env, 1);
+
+
   if (all && command_variables != 0)
     {
       /* Now write a reference to $(MAKEOVERRIDES), which contains all the
@@ -1811,9 +1853,6 @@ define_makeflags (all, makefile)
        We should not do this again on the second call, because that is
        after reading makefiles which might have done `unexport MAKEFLAGS'. */
     v->export = v_export;
-  /* Since MFLAGS is not parsed for flags, there is no reason to
-     override any makefile redefinition.  */
-  (void) define_variable ("MFLAGS", 6, flagstring, o_env, 1);
 }
 
 /* Print version information.  */
@@ -1834,7 +1873,7 @@ print_version ()
     printf ("-%s", remote_description);
 
   printf (", by Richard Stallman and Roland McGrath.\n\
-%sCopyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\
+%sCopyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\
 %sThis is free software; see the source for copying conditions.\n\
 %sThere is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A\n\
 %sPARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\n", precede, precede, precede, precede);
@@ -1901,8 +1940,7 @@ die (status)
       if (print_data_base_flag)
 	print_data_base ();
 
-      if (print_directory_flag)
-	log_working_directory (0);
+      log_working_directory (0);
     }
 
   exit (status);
@@ -1911,20 +1949,21 @@ die (status)
 /* Write a message indicating that we've just entered or
    left (according to ENTERING) the current directory.  */
 
-static void
+void
 log_working_directory (entering)
      int entering;
 {
   static int entered = 0;
   char *message = entering ? "Entering" : "Leaving";
 
-  if (entering)
-    entered = 1;
-  else if (!entered)
-    /* Don't print the leaving message if we
-       haven't printed the entering message.  */
+  /* Print nothing without the flag.  Don't print the entering message
+     again if we already have.  Don't print the leaving message if we
+     haven't printed the entering message.  */
+  if (! print_directory_flag || entering == entered)
     return;
 
+  entered = entering;
+
   if (print_data_base_flag)
     fputs ("# ", stdout);
 

make-stds.texi

@@ -8,14 +8,26 @@
 @cindex conventions for makefiles
 @cindex standards for makefiles
 
-This chapter describes conventions for writing the Makefiles for GNU programs.
+This
+@ifinfo
+node
+@end ifinfo
+@iftex
+@ifset CODESTD
+section
+@end ifset
+@ifclear CODESTD
+chapter
+@end ifclear
+@end iftex
+describes conventions for writing the Makefiles for GNU programs.
 
 @menu
-* Makefile Basics::
-* Utilities in Makefiles::
-* Standard Targets::
-* Command Variables::
-* Directory Variables::
+* Makefile Basics::		General Conventions for Makefiles
+* Utilities in Makefiles::	Utilities in Makefiles
+* Command Variables::		Variables for Specifying Commands
+* Directory Variables::		Variables for Installation Directories
+* Standard Targets::		Standard Targets for Users
 @end menu
 
 @node Makefile Basics
@@ -69,9 +81,9 @@ directory.
 
 When using GNU @code{make}, relying on @samp{VPATH} to find the source
 file will work in the case where there is a single dependency file,
-since the @file{make} automatic variable @samp{$<} will represent the
+since the @code{make} automatic variable @samp{$<} will represent the
 source file wherever it is.  (Many versions of @code{make} set @samp{$<}
-only in implicit rules.)  A makefile target like
+only in implicit rules.)  A Makefile target like
 
 @smallexample
 foo.o : bar.c
@@ -97,6 +109,9 @@ foo.1 : foo.man sedscript
         sed -e $(srcdir)/sedscript $(srcdir)/foo.man > $@@
 @end smallexample
 
+Try to make the build and installation targets, at least (and all their
+subtargets) work correctly with a parallel @code{make}.
+
 @node Utilities in Makefiles
 @section Utilities in Makefiles
 
@@ -108,8 +123,8 @@ The @code{configure} script and the Makefile rules for building and
 installation should not use any utilities directly except these:
 
 @example
-cat cmp cp echo egrep expr grep
-ln mkdir mv pwd rm rmdir sed test touch
+cat cmp cp echo egrep expr false grep
+ln mkdir mv pwd rm rmdir sed test touch true
 @end example
 
 Stick to the generally supported options for these programs.  For
@@ -137,198 +152,15 @@ When you use @code{ranlib}, you should make sure nothing bad happens if
 the system does not have @code{ranlib}.  Arrange to ignore an error
 from that command, and print a message before the command to tell the
 user that failure of the @code{ranlib} command does not mean a problem.
+(The Autoconf @samp{AC_PROG_RANLIB} macro can help with this.)
 
 If you use symbolic links, you should implement a fallback for systems
 that don't have symbolic links.
 
 It is ok to use other utilities in Makefile portions (or scripts)
-intended only for particular systems where you know those utilities to
+intended only for particular systems where you know those utilities
 exist.
 
-@node Standard Targets
-@section Standard Targets for Users
-
-All GNU programs should have the following targets in their Makefiles:
-
-@table @samp
-@item all
-Compile the entire program.  This should be the default target.  This
-target need not rebuild any documentation files; Info files should
-normally be included in the distribution, and DVI files should be made
-only when explicitly asked for.
-
-@item install
-Compile the program and copy the executables, libraries, and so on to
-the file names where they should reside for actual use.  If there is a
-simple test to verify that a program is properly installed, this target
-should run that test.
-
-The commands should create all the directories in which files are to be
-installed, if they don't already exist.  This includes the directories
-specified as the values of the variables @code{prefix} and
-@code{exec_prefix}, as well as all subdirectories that are needed.
-One way to do this is by means of an @code{installdirs} target
-as described below.
-
-Use @samp{-} before any command for installing a man page, so that
-@code{make} will ignore any errors.  This is in case there are systems
-that don't have the Unix man page documentation system installed.
-
-The way to install Info files is to copy them into @file{$(infodir)}
-with @code{$(INSTALL_DATA)} (@pxref{Command Variables}), and then run
-the @code{install-info} program if it is present.  @code{install-info}
-is a script that edits the Info @file{dir} file to add or update the
-menu entry for the given Info file; it will be part of the Texinfo package.
-Here is a sample rule to install an Info file:
-
-@comment This example has been carefully formatted for the Make manual.
-@comment Please do not reformat it without talking to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu.
-@smallexample
-$(infodir)/foo.info: foo.info
-# There may be a newer info file in . than in srcdir.
-        -if test -f foo.info; then d=.; \
-         else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
-        $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/foo.info $@@; \
-# Run install-info only if it exists.
-# Use `if' instead of just prepending `-' to the
-# line so we notice real errors from install-info.
-# We use `$(SHELL) -c' because some shells do not
-# fail gracefully when there is an unknown command.
-        if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' \
-           >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-          install-info --infodir=$(infodir) $$d/foo.info; \
-        else true; fi
-@end smallexample
-
-@item uninstall
-Delete all the installed files that the @samp{install} target would
-create (but not the noninstalled files such as @samp{make all} would
-create).
-
-@comment The gratuitous blank line here is to make the table look better
-@comment in the printed Make manual.  Please leave it in.
-@item clean
-
-Delete all files from the current directory that are normally created by
-building the program.  Don't delete the files that record the
-configuration.  Also preserve files that could be made by building, but
-normally aren't because the distribution comes with them.
-
-Delete @file{.dvi} files here if they are not part of the distribution.
-
-@item distclean
-Delete all files from the current directory that are created by
-configuring or building the program.  If you have unpacked the source
-and built the program without creating any other files, @samp{make
-distclean} should leave only the files that were in the distribution.
-
-@item mostlyclean
-Like @samp{clean}, but may refrain from deleting a few files that people
-normally don't want to recompile.  For example, the @samp{mostlyclean}
-target for GCC does not delete @file{libgcc.a}, because recompiling it
-is rarely necessary and takes a lot of time.
-
-@item realclean
-Delete everything from the current directory that can be reconstructed
-with this Makefile.  This typically includes everything deleted by
-@code{distclean}, plus more: C source files produced by Bison, tags tables,
-Info files, and so on.
-
-One exception, however: @samp{make realclean} should not delete
-@file{configure} even if @file{configure} can be remade using a rule in
-the Makefile.  More generally, @samp{make realclean} should not delete
-anything that needs to exist in order to run @file{configure}
-and then begin to build the program.
-
-@item TAGS
-Update a tags table for this program.
-
-@item info
-Generate any Info files needed.  The best way to write the rules is as
-follows:
-
-@smallexample
-info: foo.info
-
-foo.info: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
-        $(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-You must define the variable @code{MAKEINFO} in the Makefile.  It should
-run the @code{makeinfo} program, which is part of the Texinfo
-distribution.
-
-@item dvi
-Generate DVI files for all TeXinfo documentation.  
-For example:
-
-@smallexample
-dvi: foo.dvi
-
-foo.dvi: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
-        $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-You must define the variable @code{TEXI2DVI} in the Makefile.  It should
-run the program @code{texi2dvi}, which is part of the Texinfo
-distribution.  Alternatively, write just the dependencies, and allow GNU
-Make to provide the command.
-
-@item dist
-Create a distribution tar file for this program.  The tar file should be
-set up so that the file names in the tar file start with a subdirectory
-name which is the name of the package it is a distribution for.  This
-name can include the version number.
-
-For example, the distribution tar file of GCC version 1.40 unpacks into
-a subdirectory named @file{gcc-1.40}.
-
-The easiest way to do this is to create a subdirectory appropriately
-named, use @code{ln} or @code{cp} to install the proper files in it, and
-then @code{tar} that subdirectory.
-
-The @code{dist} target should explicitly depend on all non-source files
-that are in the distribution, to make sure they are up to date in the
-distribution.  
-@xref{Releases, , Making Releases, standards, GNU Coding Standards}.
-
-@item check
-Perform self-tests (if any).  The user must build the program before
-running the tests, but need not install the program; you should write
-the self-tests so that they work when the program is built but not
-installed.
-@end table
-
-The following targets are suggested as conventional names, for programs
-in which they are useful.
-
-@table @code
-@item installcheck
-Perform installation tests (if any).  The user must build and install
-the program before running the tests.  You should not assume that
-@file{$(bindir)} is in the search path.  
-
-@item installdirs
-It's useful to add a target named @samp{installdirs} to create the
-directories where files are installed, and their parent directories.
-There is a script called @file{mkinstalldirs} which is convenient for
-this; find it in the Texinfo package.@c It's in /gd/gnu/lib/mkinstalldirs.
-You can use a rule like this:
-
-@comment This has been carefully formatted to look decent in the Make manual.
-@comment Please be sure not to make it extend any further to the right.--roland
-@smallexample
-# Make sure all installation directories (e.g. $(bindir))
-# actually exist by making them if necessary.
-installdirs: mkinstalldirs
-        $(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(datadir) \
-                                $(libdir) $(infodir) \
-                                $(mandir)
-@end smallexample
-@end table
-
 @node Command Variables
 @section Variables for Specifying Commands
 
@@ -412,14 +244,16 @@ and nothing should be directly installed into these two directories.
 @table @samp
 @item prefix
 A prefix used in constructing the default values of the variables listed
-below.  The default value of @code{prefix} should be @file{/usr/local}
+below.  The default value of @code{prefix} should be @file{/usr/local}.
 When building the complete GNU system, the prefix will be empty and
 @file{/usr} will be a symbolic link to @file{/}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@prefix@@}.)
 
 @item exec_prefix
 A prefix used in constructing the default values of some of the
 variables listed below.  The default value of @code{exec_prefix} should
 be @code{$(prefix)}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@exec_prefix@@}.)
 
 Generally, @code{$(exec_prefix)} is used for directories that contain
 machine-specific files (such as executables and subroutine libraries),
@@ -433,18 +267,21 @@ Executable programs are installed in one of the following directories.
 The directory for installing executable programs that users can run.
 This should normally be @file{/usr/local/bin}, but write it as
 @file{$(exec_prefix)/bin}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@bindir@@}.)
 
 @item sbindir
 The directory for installing executable programs that can be run from
 the shell, but are only generally useful to system administrators.  This
 should normally be @file{/usr/local/sbin}, but write it as
 @file{$(exec_prefix)/sbin}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sbindir@@}.)
 
 @item libexecdir
 @comment This paragraph adjusted to avoid overfull hbox --roland 5jul94
 The directory for installing executable programs to be run by other
 programs rather than by users.  This directory should normally be
 @file{/usr/local/libexec}, but write it as @file{$(exec_prefix)/libexec}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@libexecdir@@}.)
 @end table
 
 Data files used by the program during its execution are divided into
@@ -463,18 +300,20 @@ be shared between two machines.
 @end itemize
 
 This makes for six different possibilities.  However, we want to
-discourage the use of architecture-dependent files, aside from of object
+discourage the use of architecture-dependent files, aside from object
 files and libraries.  It is much cleaner to make other data files
 architecture-independent, and it is generally not hard.
 
-Therefore, here are the variables makefiles should use to specify
+Therefore, here are the variables Makefiles should use to specify
 directories:
 
 @table @samp
 @item datadir
 The directory for installing read-only architecture independent data
 files.  This should normally be @file{/usr/local/share}, but write it as
-@file{$(prefix)/share}.  As a special exception, see @file{$(infodir)}
+@file{$(prefix)/share}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@datadir@@}.)
+As a special exception, see @file{$(infodir)}
 and @file{$(includedir)} below.
 
 @item sysconfdir
@@ -484,12 +323,13 @@ and network configuration files, @file{/etc/passwd}, and so forth belong
 here.  All the files in this directory should be ordinary ASCII text
 files.  This directory should normally be @file{/usr/local/etc}, but
 write it as @file{$(prefix)/etc}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sysconfdir@@}.)
 
 @c rewritten to avoid overfull hbox --tower
 Do not install executables
 @c here
 in this directory (they probably
-belong in @file{$(libexecdir)} or @file{$(sbindir))}.  Also do not
+belong in @file{$(libexecdir)} or @file{$(sbindir)}).  Also do not
 install files that are modified in the normal course of their use
 (programs whose purpose is to change the configuration of the system
 excluded).  Those probably belong in @file{$(localstatedir)}.
@@ -498,26 +338,30 @@ excluded).  Those probably belong in @file{$(localstatedir)}.
 The directory for installing architecture-independent data files which
 the programs modify while they run.  This should normally be
 @file{/usr/local/com}, but write it as @file{$(prefix)/com}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sharedstatedir@@}.)
 
 @item localstatedir
 The directory for installing data files which the programs modify while
 they run, and that pertain to one specific machine.  Users should never
 need to modify files in this directory to configure the package's
 operation; put such configuration information in separate files that go
-in @file{datadir} or @file{$(sysconfdir)}.  @file{$(localstatedir)}
+in @file{$(datadir)} or @file{$(sysconfdir)}.  @file{$(localstatedir)}
 should normally be @file{/usr/local/var}, but write it as
 @file{$(prefix)/var}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@localstatedir@@}.)
 
 @item libdir
 The directory for object files and libraries of object code.  Do not
 install executables here, they probably belong in @file{$(libexecdir)}
 instead.  The value of @code{libdir} should normally be
 @file{/usr/local/lib}, but write it as @file{$(exec_prefix)/lib}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@libdir@@}.)
 
 @item infodir
 The directory for installing the Info files for this package.  By
 default, it should be @file{/usr/local/info}, but it should be written
 as @file{$(prefix)/info}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@infodir@@}.)
 
 @item includedir
 @c rewritten to avoid overfull hbox --roland
@@ -525,6 +369,7 @@ The directory for installing header files to be included by user
 programs with the C @samp{#include} preprocessor directive.  This
 should normally be @file{/usr/local/include}, but write it as
 @file{$(prefix)/include}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@includedir@@}.)
 
 Most compilers other than GCC do not look for header files in
 @file{/usr/local/include}.  So installing the header files this way is
@@ -537,6 +382,7 @@ specified by @code{oldincludedir}.
 @item oldincludedir
 The directory for installing @samp{#include} header files for use with
 compilers other than GCC.  This should normally be @file{/usr/include}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, you can write it as @samp{@@oldincludedir@@}.)
 
 The Makefile commands should check whether the value of
 @code{oldincludedir} is empty.  If it is, they should not try to use
@@ -550,26 +396,25 @@ file in the @code{oldincludedir} directory if either (1) there is no
 package.
 
 To tell whether @file{foo.h} came from the Foo package, put a magic
-string in the file---part of a comment---and grep for that string.
+string in the file---part of a comment---and @code{grep} for that string.
 @end table
 
 Unix-style man pages are installed in one of the following:
 
 @table @samp
 @item mandir
-The directory for installing the man pages (if any) for this package.
-It should include the suffix for the proper section of the
-manual---usually @samp{1} for a utility.  It will normally be
-@file{/usr/local/man/man1}, but you should write it as
-@file{$(prefix)/man/man1}. 
+The top-level directory for installing the man pages (if any) for this
+package.  It will normally be @file{/usr/local/man}, but you should
+write it as @file{$(prefix)/man}. 
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@mandir@@}.)
 
 @item man1dir
-The directory for installing section 1 man pages.
+The directory for installing section 1 man pages.  Write it as
+@file{$(mandir)/man1}.
 @item man2dir
-The directory for installing section 2 man pages.
+The directory for installing section 2 man pages.  Write it as
+@file{$(mandir)/man2}
 @item @dots{}
-Use these names instead of @samp{mandir} if the package needs to install man
-pages in more than one section of the manual.
 
 @strong{Don't make the primary documentation for any GNU software be a
 man page.  Write a manual in Texinfo instead.  Man pages are just for
@@ -595,6 +440,7 @@ And finally, you should set the following variable:
 @item srcdir
 The directory for the sources being compiled.  The value of this
 variable is normally inserted by the @code{configure} shell script.
+(If you are using Autconf, use @samp{srcdir = @@srcdir@@}.)
 @end table
 
 For example:
@@ -626,3 +472,246 @@ specify the exact same values for several different GNU packages.  In
 order for this to be useful, all the packages must be designed so that
 they will work sensibly when the user does so.
 
+@node Standard Targets
+@section Standard Targets for Users
+
+All GNU programs should have the following targets in their Makefiles:
+
+@table @samp
+@item all
+Compile the entire program.  This should be the default target.  This
+target need not rebuild any documentation files; Info files should
+normally be included in the distribution, and DVI files should be made
+only when explicitly asked for.
+
+By default, the Make rules should compile and link with @samp{-g}, so
+that executable programs have debugging symbols.  Users who don't mind
+being helpless can strip the executables later if they wish.
+
+@item install
+Compile the program and copy the executables, libraries, and so on to
+the file names where they should reside for actual use.  If there is a
+simple test to verify that a program is properly installed, this target
+should run that test.
+
+Do not strip executables when installing them.  Devil-may-care users can
+use the @code{install-strip} target to do that.
+
+If possible, write the @code{install} target rule so that it does not
+modify anything in the directory where the program was built, provided
+@samp{make all} has just been done.  This is convenient for building the
+program under one user name and installing it under another.
+
+The commands should create all the directories in which files are to be
+installed, if they don't already exist.  This includes the directories
+specified as the values of the variables @code{prefix} and
+@code{exec_prefix}, as well as all subdirectories that are needed.
+One way to do this is by means of an @code{installdirs} target
+as described below.
+
+Use @samp{-} before any command for installing a man page, so that
+@code{make} will ignore any errors.  This is in case there are systems
+that don't have the Unix man page documentation system installed.
+
+The way to install Info files is to copy them into @file{$(infodir)}
+with @code{$(INSTALL_DATA)} (@pxref{Command Variables}), and then run
+the @code{install-info} program if it is present.  @code{install-info}
+is a program that edits the Info @file{dir} file to add or update the
+menu entry for the given Info file; it is part of the Texinfo package.
+Here is a sample rule to install an Info file:
+
+@comment This example has been carefully formatted for the Make manual.
+@comment Please do not reformat it without talking to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu.
+@smallexample
+$(infodir)/foo.info: foo.info
+# There may be a newer info file in . than in srcdir.
+        -if test -f foo.info; then d=.; \
+         else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+        $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/foo.info $@@; \
+# Run install-info only if it exists.
+# Use `if' instead of just prepending `-' to the
+# line so we notice real errors from install-info.
+# We use `$(SHELL) -c' because some shells do not
+# fail gracefully when there is an unknown command.
+        if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' \
+           >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+          install-info --dir-file=$(infodir)/dir $(infodir)/foo.info; \
+        else true; fi
+@end smallexample
+
+@item uninstall
+Delete all the installed files that the @samp{install} target would
+create (but not the noninstalled files such as @samp{make all} would
+create).
+
+This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is done,
+only the directories where files are installed.
+
+@item install-strip
+Like @code{install}, but strip the executable files while installing
+them.  The definition of this target can be very simple:
+
+@example
+install-strip:
+        $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
+@end example
+
+Normally we do not recommend stripping an executable unless you are sure
+the program has no bugs.  However, it can be reasonable to install a
+stripped executable for actual execution while saving the unstripped
+executable elsewhere in case there is a bug.
+
+@comment The gratuitous blank line here is to make the table look better
+@comment in the printed Make manual.  Please leave it in.
+@item clean
+
+Delete all files from the current directory that are normally created by
+building the program.  Don't delete the files that record the
+configuration.  Also preserve files that could be made by building, but
+normally aren't because the distribution comes with them.
+
+Delete @file{.dvi} files here if they are not part of the distribution.
+
+@item distclean
+Delete all files from the current directory that are created by
+configuring or building the program.  If you have unpacked the source
+and built the program without creating any other files, @samp{make
+distclean} should leave only the files that were in the distribution.
+
+@item mostlyclean
+Like @samp{clean}, but may refrain from deleting a few files that people
+normally don't want to recompile.  For example, the @samp{mostlyclean}
+target for GCC does not delete @file{libgcc.a}, because recompiling it
+is rarely necessary and takes a lot of time.
+
+@item maintainer-clean
+Delete almost everything from the current directory that can be
+reconstructed with this Makefile.  This typically includes everything
+deleted by @code{distclean}, plus more: C source files produced by
+Bison, tags tables, Info files, and so on.
+
+The reason we say ``almost everything'' is that running the command
+@samp{make maintainer-clean} should not delete @file{configure} even if
+@file{configure} can be remade using a rule in the Makefile.  More generally,
+@samp{make maintainer-clean} should not delete anything that needs to
+exist in order to run @file{configure} and then begin to build the
+program.  This is the only exception; @code{maintainer-clean} should
+delete everything else that can be rebuilt.
+
+The @samp{maintainer-clean} target is intended to be used by a maintainer of
+the package, not by ordinary users.  You may need special tools to
+reconstruct some of the files that @samp{make maintainer-clean} deletes.
+Since these files are normally included in the distribution, we don't
+take care to make them easy to reconstruct.  If you find you need to
+unpack the full distribution again, don't blame us.
+
+To help make users aware of this, the commands for the special
+@code{maintainer-clean} target should start with these two:
+
+@smallexample
+@@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use; it"
+@@echo "deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+@end smallexample
+
+@item TAGS
+Update a tags table for this program.
+@c ADR: how?
+
+@item info
+Generate any Info files needed.  The best way to write the rules is as
+follows:
+
+@smallexample
+info: foo.info
+
+foo.info: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
+        $(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+You must define the variable @code{MAKEINFO} in the Makefile.  It should
+run the @code{makeinfo} program, which is part of the Texinfo
+distribution.
+
+@item dvi
+Generate DVI files for all Texinfo documentation.  
+For example:
+
+@smallexample
+dvi: foo.dvi
+
+foo.dvi: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
+        $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+You must define the variable @code{TEXI2DVI} in the Makefile.  It should
+run the program @code{texi2dvi}, which is part of the Texinfo
+distribution.@footnote{@code{texi2dvi} uses @TeX{} to do the real work
+of formatting. @TeX{} is not distributed with Texinfo.}  Alternatively,
+write just the dependencies, and allow GNU Make to provide the command.
+
+@item dist
+Create a distribution tar file for this program.  The tar file should be
+set up so that the file names in the tar file start with a subdirectory
+name which is the name of the package it is a distribution for.  This
+name can include the version number.
+
+For example, the distribution tar file of GCC version 1.40 unpacks into
+a subdirectory named @file{gcc-1.40}.
+
+The easiest way to do this is to create a subdirectory appropriately
+named, use @code{ln} or @code{cp} to install the proper files in it, and
+then @code{tar} that subdirectory.
+
+Compress the tar file file with @code{gzip}.  For example, the actual
+distribution file for GCC version 1.40 is called @file{gcc-1.40.tar.gz}.
+
+The @code{dist} target should explicitly depend on all non-source files
+that are in the distribution, to make sure they are up to date in the
+distribution.  
+@ifset CODESTD
+@xref{Releases, , Making Releases}.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear CODESTD
+@xref{Releases, , Making Releases, standards, GNU Coding Standards}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item check
+Perform self-tests (if any).  The user must build the program before
+running the tests, but need not install the program; you should write
+the self-tests so that they work when the program is built but not
+installed.
+@end table
+
+The following targets are suggested as conventional names, for programs
+in which they are useful.
+
+@table @code
+@item installcheck
+Perform installation tests (if any).  The user must build and install
+the program before running the tests.  You should not assume that
+@file{$(bindir)} is in the search path.  
+
+@item installdirs
+It's useful to add a target named @samp{installdirs} to create the
+directories where files are installed, and their parent directories.
+There is a script called @file{mkinstalldirs} which is convenient for
+this; you can find it in the Texinfo package.
+@c It's in /gd/gnu/lib/mkinstalldirs.
+You can use a rule like this:
+
+@comment This has been carefully formatted to look decent in the Make manual.
+@comment Please be sure not to make it extend any further to the right.--roland
+@smallexample
+# Make sure all installation directories (e.g. $(bindir))
+# actually exist by making them if necessary.
+installdirs: mkinstalldirs
+        $(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(datadir) \
+                                $(libdir) $(infodir) \
+                                $(mandir)
+@end smallexample
+
+This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is done.
+It should do nothing but create installation directories.
+@end table

make.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Miscellaneous global declarations and portability cruft for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -173,7 +173,6 @@ extern unsigned int get_path_max ();
 extern char *malloc (), *realloc ();
 extern void free ();
 
-extern void qsort ();
 extern void abort (), exit ();
 
 #endif	/* Standard headers.  */
@@ -260,6 +259,7 @@ extern char *alloca ();
 
 extern void die ();
 extern void message (), fatal (), error ();
+extern void log_working_directory ();
 extern void makefile_error (), makefile_fatal ();
 extern void pfatal_with_name (), perror_with_name ();
 extern char *savestring (), *concat ();

make.texinfo

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 \input texinfo                @c -*- Texinfo -*-
-@c %**start of header 
+@c %**start of header
 @setfilename make.info
 @settitle GNU @code{make}
 @setchapternewpage odd
@@ -8,11 +8,12 @@
 @c FSF publishers: format makebook.texi instead of using this file directly.
 
 @set RCSID $Id$
-@set EDITION 0.47
-@set VERSION 3.72 Beta
-@set UPDATED 1 November 1994
-@set UPDATE-MONTH November 1994
-@set ISBN 1-882114-50-7
+@set EDITION 0.50
+@set VERSION 3.75 Beta
+@set UPDATED 28 February 1996
+@set UPDATE-MONTH February 1996
+@comment The ISBN number might need to change on next publication.
+@set ISBN 1-882114-78-7
 
 @c finalout
 
@@ -31,7 +32,8 @@ and issues the commands to recompile them.
 This is Edition @value{EDITION}, last updated @value{UPDATED},
 of @cite{The GNU Make Manual}, for @code{make}, Version @value{VERSION}.
 
-Copyright (C) 1988, '89, '90, '91, '92, '93, '94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, '89, '90, '91, '92, '93, '94, '95
+	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -66,11 +68,11 @@ by the Free Software Foundation.
 @author Richard M. Stallman and Roland McGrath
 @page
 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1988, '89, '90, '91, '92, '93, '94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988, '89, '90, '91, '92, '93, '94, '95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @sp 2
 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
-675 Massachusetts Avenue, @*
-Cambridge, MA 02139 USA @*
+59 Temple Place -- Suite 330, @*
+Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA @*
 Printed copies are available for $20 each. @*
 ISBN @value{ISBN} @*
 
@@ -166,7 +168,7 @@ Writing Rules
 * Directory Search::            Searching other directories for source files.
 * Phony Targets::               Using a target that is not a real file's name.
 * Force Targets::               You can use a target without commands
-                                  or dependencies to mark other 
+                                  or dependencies to mark other
                                   targets as phony.
 * Empty Targets::               When only the date matters and the
                                   files are empty.
@@ -174,7 +176,7 @@ Writing Rules
 * Multiple Targets::            When to make use of several targets in a rule.
 * Multiple Rules::              How to use several rules with the same target.
 * Static Pattern::              Static pattern rules apply to multiple targets
-                                  and can vary the dependencies according to 
+                                  and can vary the dependencies according to
                                   the target name.
 * Double-Colon::                How to use a special kind of rule to allow
                                   several independent rules for one target.
@@ -190,9 +192,9 @@ Using Wildcard Characters in File Names
 
 Searching Directories for Dependencies
 
-* General Search::              Specifying a search path that applies 
+* General Search::              Specifying a search path that applies
                                   to every dependency.
-* Selective Search::            Specifying a search path 
+* Selective Search::            Specifying a search path
                                   for a specified class of names.
 * Commands/Search::             How to write shell commands that work together
                                   with search paths.
@@ -209,7 +211,7 @@ Writing the Commands in Rules
 * Echoing::                     How to control when commands are echoed.
 * Execution::                   How commands are executed.
 * Parallel::                    How commands can be executed in parallel.
-* Errors::                      What happens after a command execution error. 
+* Errors::                      What happens after a command execution error.
 * Interrupts::                  What happens when a command is interrupted.
 * Recursion::                   Invoking @code{make} from makefiles.
 * Sequences::                   Defining canned sequences of commands.
@@ -234,13 +236,13 @@ How to Use Variables
                                   of a variable.
 * Override Directive::          How to set a variable in the makefile even if
                                   the user has set it with a command argument.
-* Defining::                    An alternate way to set a variable 
+* Defining::                    An alternate way to set a variable
                                   to a verbatim string.
 * Environment::                 Variable values can come from the environment.
 
 Advanced Features for Reference to Variables
 
-* Substitution Refs::           Referencing a variable with 
+* Substitution Refs::           Referencing a variable with
                                   substitutions on the value.
 * Computed Names::              Computing the name of the variable to refer to.
 
@@ -262,16 +264,16 @@ Functions for Transforming Text
 How to Run @code{make}
 
 * Makefile Arguments::          How to specify which makefile to use.
-* Goals::                       How to use goal arguments to specify which 
+* Goals::                       How to use goal arguments to specify which
                                   parts of the makefile to use.
 * Instead of Execution::        How to use mode flags to specify what
-                                  kind of thing to do with the commands 
-                                  in the makefile other than simply 
+                                  kind of thing to do with the commands
+                                  in the makefile other than simply
                                   execute them.
 * Avoiding Compilation::        How to avoid recompiling certain files.
-* Overriding::                  How to override a variable to specify 
+* Overriding::                  How to override a variable to specify
                                   an alternate compiler and other things.
-* Testing::                     How to proceed past some errors, to 
+* Testing::                     How to proceed past some errors, to
                                   test compilation.
 * Options Summary::             Summary of Options
 
@@ -283,10 +285,10 @@ Using Implicit Rules
 * Implicit Variables::          How to change what predefined rules do.
 * Chained Rules::               How to use a chain of implicit rules.
 * Pattern Rules::               How to define new implicit rules.
-* Last Resort::                 How to defining commands for rules 
+* Last Resort::                 How to defining commands for rules
                                   which cannot find any.
 * Suffix Rules::                The old-fashioned style of implicit rule.
-* Search Algorithm::            The precise algorithm for applying 
+* Search Algorithm::            The precise algorithm for applying
                                   implicit rules.
 
 Defining and Redefining Pattern Rules
@@ -374,11 +376,11 @@ introduction, read the first few sections of each chapter, skipping the
 later sections.  In each chapter, the first few sections contain
 introductory or general information and the later sections contain
 specialized or technical information.
-@ifinfo        
+@ifinfo
 The exception is the second chapter, @ref{Introduction, ,An
 Introduction to Makefiles}, all of which is introductory.
 @end ifinfo
-@iftex 
+@iftex
 The exception is @ref{Introduction, ,An Introduction to Makefiles},
 all of which is introductory.
 @end iftex
@@ -434,14 +436,6 @@ Be sure also to include the type of machine and operating system you are
 using.  If possible, include the contents of the file @file{config.h}
 that is generated by the configuration process.
 
-Non-bug suggestions are always welcome as well.  If you have questions
-about things that are unclear in the documentation or are just obscure
-features, send a message to the bug reporting address.  We cannot
-guarantee you'll get help with your problem, but many seasoned
-@code{make} users read the mailing list and they will probably try to
-help you out.  The maintainers sometimes answer such questions as well,
-when time permits.
- 
 @node Introduction, Makefiles, Overview, Top
 @comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
 @chapter An Introduction to Makefiles
@@ -505,7 +499,7 @@ can also be the name of an action to carry out, such as @samp{clean}
 (@pxref{Phony Targets}).
 
 A @dfn{dependency} is a file that is used as input to create the
-target.  A target often depends on several files.  
+target.  A target often depends on several files.
 
 @cindex tabs in rules
 A @dfn{command} is an action that @code{make} carries out.
@@ -605,7 +599,7 @@ of its dependencies change.  In addition, any dependencies that are
 themselves automatically generated should be updated first.  In this
 example, @file{edit} depends on each of the eight object files; the
 object file @file{main.o} depends on the source file @file{main.c} and
-on the header file @file{defs.h}.  
+on the header file @file{defs.h}.
 
 A shell command follows each line that contains a target and
 dependencies.  These shell commands say how to update the target file.
@@ -618,7 +612,7 @@ you have specified when the target file needs to be updated.)
 @cindex shell command
 
 The target @samp{clean} is not a file, but merely the name of an
-action.  Since you 
+action.  Since you
 normally
 do not want to carry out the actions in this rule, @samp{clean} is not a dependency of any other rule.
 Consequently, @code{make} never does anything with it unless you tell
@@ -638,11 +632,10 @@ from @code{rm} or any other command.
 @cindex processing a makefile
 @cindex makefile, how @code{make} processes
 
-By default, @code{make} starts with the first rule (not counting rules
-whose target names start with @samp{.}).  This is called the
-@dfn{default goal}.  (@dfn{Goals} are the targets that @code{make}
-strives ultimately to update.  @xref{Goals, , Arguments to Specify the
-Goals}.)
+By default, @code{make} starts with the first target (not targets whose
+names start with @samp{.}).  This is called the @dfn{default goal}.
+(@dfn{Goals} are the targets that @code{make} strives ultimately to
+update.  @xref{Goals, , Arguments to Specify the Goals}.)
 @cindex default goal
 @cindex goal, default
 @cindex goal
@@ -740,7 +733,7 @@ objects = main.o kbd.o command.o display.o \
 @noindent
 Then, each place we want to put a list of the object file names, we can
 substitute the variable's value by writing @samp{$(objects)}
-(@pxref{Using Variables, ,How to Use Variables}).  
+(@pxref{Using Variables, ,How to Use Variables}).
 
 Here is how the complete simple makefile looks when you use a variable
 for the object files:
@@ -1063,7 +1056,7 @@ comment starting with @samp{#} is allowed at the end of the line.  If
 the file names contain any variable or function references, they are
 expanded.  @xref{Using Variables, ,How to Use Variables}.
 
-For example, if you have three @file{.mk} files, @file{a.mk}, 
+For example, if you have three @file{.mk} files, @file{a.mk},
 @file{b.mk}, and @file{c.mk}, and @code{$(bar)} expands to
 @code{bish bash}, then the following expression
 
@@ -1084,7 +1077,7 @@ makefile in which the directive appears.
 
 One occasion for using @code{include} directives is when several programs,
 handled by individual makefiles in various directories, need to use a
-common set of variable definitions 
+common set of variable definitions
 (@pxref{Setting, ,Setting Variables}) or pattern rules
 (@pxref{Pattern Rules, ,Defining and Redefining Pattern Rules}).
 
@@ -1109,10 +1102,10 @@ First, any directories you have specified with the @samp{-I} or
 @samp{--include-dir} option are searched
 (@pxref{Options Summary, ,Summary of Options}).
 Then the following directories (if they exist)
-are searched, in this order: 
+are searched, in this order:
 @file{@var{prefix}/include} (normally @file{/usr/local/include})
 @file{/usr/gnu/include},
-@file{/usr/local/include}, @file{/usr/include}.  
+@file{/usr/local/include}, @file{/usr/include}.
 
 If an included makefile cannot be found in any of these directories, a
 warning message is generated, but it is not an immediately fatal error;
@@ -1321,7 +1314,7 @@ the makefile (often with a target called @samp{all}).
 * Directory Search::            Searching other directories for source files.
 * Phony Targets::               Using a target that is not a real file's name.
 * Force Targets::               You can use a target without commands
-                                  or dependencies to mark other 
+                                  or dependencies to mark other
                                   targets as phony.
 * Empty Targets::               When only the date matters and the
                                   files are empty.
@@ -1329,7 +1322,7 @@ the makefile (often with a target called @samp{all}).
 * Multiple Targets::            When to make use of several targets in a rule.
 * Multiple Rules::              How to use several rules with the same target.
 * Static Pattern::              Static pattern rules apply to multiple targets
-                                  and can vary the dependencies according to 
+                                  and can vary the dependencies according to
                                   the target name.
 * Double-Colon::                How to use a special kind of rule to allow
                                   several independent rules for one target.
@@ -1395,8 +1388,8 @@ or like this:
 The @var{targets} are file names, separated by spaces.  Wildcard
 characters may be used (@pxref{Wildcards, ,Using Wildcard Characters
 in File Names}) and a name of the form @file{@var{a}(@var{m})}
-represents member @var{m} in archive file @var{a} 
-(@pxref{Archive Members, ,Archive Members as Targets}).  
+represents member @var{m} in archive file @var{a}
+(@pxref{Archive Members, ,Archive Members as Targets}).
 Usually there is only one
 target per rule, but occasionally there is a reason to have more
 (@pxref{Multiple Targets, , Multiple Targets in a Rule}).@refill
@@ -1413,7 +1406,7 @@ same.  @xref{Commands, ,Writing the Commands in Rules}.
 @cindex rule, and @code{$}
 Because dollar signs are used to start variable references, if you really
 want a dollar sign in a rule you must write two of them, @samp{$$}
-(@pxref{Using Variables, ,How to Use Variables}).  
+(@pxref{Using Variables, ,How to Use Variables}).
 You may split a long line by inserting a backslash
 followed by a newline, but this is not required, as @code{make} places no
 limit on the length of a line in a makefile.
@@ -1634,7 +1627,7 @@ there is no need to write explicit rules for compiling the files.
 @section Searching Directories for Dependencies
 @vindex VPATH
 @findex vpath
-@cindex vpath 
+@cindex vpath
 @cindex search path for dependencies (@code{VPATH})
 @cindex directory search (@code{VPATH})
 
@@ -1646,9 +1639,9 @@ among directories, you do not need to change the individual rules,
 just the search paths.
 
 @menu
-* General Search::              Specifying a search path that applies 
+* General Search::              Specifying a search path that applies
                                   to every dependency.
-* Selective Search::            Specifying a search path 
+* Selective Search::            Specifying a search path
                                   for a specified class of names.
 * Commands/Search::             How to write shell commands that work together
                                   with search paths.
@@ -1721,7 +1714,7 @@ There are three forms of the @code{vpath} directive:
 @table @code
 @item vpath @var{pattern} @var{directories}
 Specify the search path @var{directories} for file names that match
-@var{pattern}.  
+@var{pattern}.
 
 The search path, @var{directories}, is a list of directories to be
 searched, separated by colons or blanks, just like the search path used
@@ -1759,7 +1752,7 @@ that are not in danger of quoting @samp{%} characters go unmolested.@refill
 When a dependency fails to exist in the current directory, if the
 @var{pattern} in a @code{vpath} directive matches the name of the
 dependency file, then the @var{directories} in that directive are searched
-just like (and before) the directories in the @code{VPATH} variable.  
+just like (and before) the directories in the @code{VPATH} variable.
 
 For example,
 
@@ -1780,7 +1773,7 @@ appear in the makefile; multiple directives with the same pattern are
 independent of each other.
 
 @need 750
-Thus, 
+Thus,
 
 @example
 @group
@@ -1816,7 +1809,7 @@ Therefore, you must write the commands with care so that they will look for
 the dependency in the directory where @code{make} finds it.
 
 This is done with the @dfn{automatic variables} such as @samp{$^}
-(@pxref{Automatic, ,Automatic Variables}).  
+(@pxref{Automatic, ,Automatic Variables}).
 For instance, the value of @samp{$^} is a
 list of all the dependencies of the rule, including the names of
 the directories in which they were found, and the value of
@@ -1872,9 +1865,9 @@ directory search with no extra effort.
 @subsection Directory Search for Link Libraries
 @cindex link libraries, and directory search
 @cindex libraries for linking, directory search
-@cindex directory search (@code{VPATH}), and link libraries 
-@cindex @code{VPATH}, and link libraries 
-@cindex search path for dependencies (@code{VPATH}), and link libraries 
+@cindex directory search (@code{VPATH}), and link libraries
+@cindex @code{VPATH}, and link libraries
+@cindex search path for dependencies (@code{VPATH}), and link libraries
 @cindex @code{-l} (library search)
 
 Directory search applies in a special way to libraries used with the
@@ -2043,7 +2036,7 @@ There is nothing special about the name @samp{FORCE}, but that is one name
 commonly used this way.
 
 As you can see, using @samp{FORCE} this way has the same results as using
-@samp{.PHONY: clean}.  
+@samp{.PHONY: clean}.
 
 Using @samp{.PHONY} is more explicit and more efficient.  However,
 other versions of @code{make} do not support @samp{.PHONY}; thus
@@ -2107,7 +2100,7 @@ time is.  @xref{Phony Targets, ,Phony Targets}.
 @item .SUFFIXES
 
 The dependencies of the special target @code{.SUFFIXES} are the list
-of suffixes to be used in checking for suffix rules.  
+of suffixes to be used in checking for suffix rules.
 @xref{Suffix Rules, , Old-Fashioned Suffix Rules}.
 
 @findex .DEFAULT
@@ -2263,11 +2256,11 @@ the target.  If the target is older than any dependency from any rule,
 the commands are executed.
 
 There can only be one set of commands to be executed for a file.
-If more than one rule gives commands for the same file, 
+If more than one rule gives commands for the same file,
 @code{make} uses the last set given and prints an error message.
 (As a special case, if the file's name begins with a dot, no
 error message is printed.  This odd behavior is only for
-compatibility with other implementations of @code{make}.)  
+compatibility with other implementations of @code{make}.)
 There is no reason to
 write your makefiles this way; that is why @code{make} gives you
 an error message.@refill
@@ -2509,7 +2502,7 @@ differs depending on which dependency files caused the update, and such
 cases are rare.
 
 Each double-colon rule should specify commands; if it does not, an
-implicit rule will be used if one applies.  
+implicit rule will be used if one applies.
 @xref{Implicit Rules, ,Using Implicit Rules}.
 
 @node Automatic Dependencies,  , Double-Colon, Rules
@@ -2583,13 +2576,13 @@ the new dependencies.
 Here is the pattern rule to generate a file of dependencies (i.e., a makefile)
 called @file{@var{name}.d} from a C source file called @file{@var{name}.c}:
 
-@example
+@smallexample
 @group
 %.d: %.c
         $(SHELL) -ec '$(CC) -M $(CPPFLAGS) $< \
-                      | sed '\''s/$*\\.o[ :]*/& $@@/g'\'' > $@@'
+                      | sed '\''s/\($*\)\.o[ :]*/\1 $@@/g'\'' > $@@'
 @end group
-@end example
+@end smallexample
 
 @noindent
 @xref{Pattern Rules}, for information on defining pattern rules.  The
@@ -2603,7 +2596,7 @@ status from the compiler.
 @cindex @code{-MM} (to GNU compiler)
 With the GNU C compiler, you may wish to use the @samp{-MM} flag instead
 of @samp{-M}.  This omits dependencies on system header files.
-@xref{Preprocessor Options, , Options Controlling the Preprocessor, 
+@xref{Preprocessor Options, , Options Controlling the Preprocessor,
 gcc.info, Using GNU CC}, for details.
 
 @cindex @code{sed} (shell command)
@@ -2678,7 +2671,7 @@ Text on a line before a @samp{#} is not part of the comment.
 * Echoing::                     How to control when commands are echoed.
 * Execution::                   How commands are executed.
 * Parallel::                    How commands can be executed in parallel.
-* Errors::                      What happens after a command execution error. 
+* Errors::                      What happens after a command execution error.
 * Interrupts::                  What happens when a command is interrupted.
 * Recursion::                   Invoking @code{make} from makefiles.
 * Sequences::                   Defining canned sequences of commands.
@@ -2725,7 +2718,7 @@ actually doing them.
 The @samp{-s} or @samp{--silent}
 flag to @code{make} prevents all echoing, as if all commands
 started with @samp{@@}.  A rule in the makefile for the special target
-@code{.SILENT} without dependencies has the same effect 
+@code{.SILENT} without dependencies has the same effect
 (@pxref{Special Targets, ,Special Built-in Target Names}).
 @code{.SILENT} is essentially obsolete since @samp{@@} is more flexible.@refill
 
@@ -2839,7 +2832,7 @@ status), and errors are not ignored for that command
 the remaining command lines to remake the same target will not be run.
 If a command fails and the @samp{-k} or @samp{--keep-going}
 option was not given
-(@pxref{Options Summary, ,Summary of Options}), 
+(@pxref{Options Summary, ,Summary of Options}),
 @code{make} aborts execution.  If make
 terminates for any reason (including a signal) with child processes
 running, it waits for them to finish before actually exiting.@refill
@@ -2882,7 +2875,7 @@ By default, there is no load limit.
 After each shell command returns, @code{make} looks at its exit status.
 If the command completed successfully, the next command line is executed
 in a new shell; after the last command line is finished, the rule is
-finished. 
+finished.
 
 If there is an error (the exit status is nonzero), @code{make} gives up on
 the current rule, and perhaps on all rules.
@@ -2895,7 +2888,7 @@ report an error, but you probably want @code{make} to continue regardless.
 @cindex @code{-} (in commands)
 To ignore errors in a command line, write a @samp{-} at the beginning of
 the line's text (after the initial tab).  The @samp{-} is discarded before
-the command is passed to the shell for execution.  
+the command is passed to the shell for execution.
 
 For example,
 
@@ -3294,23 +3287,20 @@ definitions just as if they appeared on the command line.
 
 @cindex @code{-C}, and recursion
 @cindex @code{-f}, and recursion
-@cindex @code{-I}, and recursion
 @cindex @code{-o}, and recursion
 @cindex @code{-W}, and recursion
 @cindex @code{--directory}, and recursion
 @cindex @code{--file}, and recursion
-@cindex @code{--include-dir}, and recursion
 @cindex @code{--old-file}, and recursion
 @cindex @code{--assume-old}, and recursion
 @cindex @code{--assume-new}, and recursion
 @cindex @code{--new-file}, and recursion
 @cindex recursion, and @code{-C}
 @cindex recursion, and @code{-f}
-@cindex recursion, and @code{-I}
 @cindex recursion, and @code{-o}
 @cindex recursion, and @code{-W}
-The options @samp{-C}, @samp{-f}, @samp{-I}, @samp{-o}, and @samp{-W}
-are not put into @code{MAKEFLAGS}; these options are not passed down.@refill
+The options @samp{-C}, @samp{-f}, @samp{-o}, and @samp{-W} are not put
+into @code{MAKEFLAGS}; these options are not passed down.@refill
 
 @cindex @code{-j}, and recursion
 @cindex @code{--jobs}, and recursion
@@ -3328,14 +3318,6 @@ no more than one.@refill
 If you do not want to pass the other flags down, you must change the
 value of @code{MAKEFLAGS}, like this:
 
-@example
-MAKEFLAGS=
-subsystem:
-        cd subdir; $(MAKE)
-@end example
-
-or like this:
-
 @example
 subsystem:
         cd subdir; $(MAKE) MAKEFLAGS=
@@ -3494,7 +3476,7 @@ always named @file{y.tab.c}.  The second command moves the output to the
 rule's target file name.
 
 To use the canned sequence, substitute the variable into the commands of a
-rule.  You can substitute it like any other variable 
+rule.  You can substitute it like any other variable
 (@pxref{Reference, ,Basics of Variable References}).
 Because variables defined by @code{define} are recursively expanded
 variables, all the variable references you wrote inside the @code{define}
@@ -3511,7 +3493,7 @@ foo.c : foo.y
 
 This is a realistic example, but this particular one is not needed in
 practice because @code{make} has an implicit rule to figure out these
-commands based on the file names involved 
+commands based on the file names involved
 (@pxref{Implicit Rules, ,Using Implicit Rules}).
 
 @cindex @@, and @code{define}
@@ -3571,9 +3553,17 @@ but this would be confusing because such a line looks empty.
 You may be wondering why you would want to define a command string that
 does nothing.  The only reason this is useful is to prevent a target
 from getting implicit commands (from implicit rules or the
-@code{.DEFAULT} special target; @pxref{Implicit Rules} and 
+@code{.DEFAULT} special target; @pxref{Implicit Rules} and
 @pxref{Last Resort, ,Defining Last-Resort Default Rules}).@refill
 
+@c !!! another reason is for canonical stamp files:
+@ignore
+foo: stamp-foo ;
+stamp-foo: foo.in
+	create foo frm foo.in
+	touch $@
+@end ignore
+
 You may be inclined to define empty command strings for targets that are
 not actual files, but only exist so that their dependencies can be
 remade.  However, this is not the best way to do that, because the
@@ -3608,7 +3598,7 @@ A variable name may be any sequence of characters not containing @samp{:},
 variable names containing characters other than letters, numbers, and
 underscores should be avoided, as they may be given special meanings in the
 future, and with some shells they cannot be passed through the environment to a
-sub-@code{make} 
+sub-@code{make}
 (@pxref{Variables/Recursion, ,Communicating Variables to a Sub-@code{make}}).
 
 Variable names are case-sensitive.  The names @samp{foo}, @samp{FOO},
@@ -3634,7 +3624,7 @@ they have particular specialized uses.  @xref{Automatic, ,Automatic Variables}.
                                   of a variable.
 * Override Directive::          How to set a variable in the makefile even if
                                   the user has set it with a command argument.
-* Defining::                    An alternate way to set a variable 
+* Defining::                    An alternate way to set a variable
                                   to a verbatim string.
 * Environment::                 Variable values can come from the environment.
 * Automatic::                   Some special variables have predefined
@@ -3751,7 +3741,7 @@ because it will cause an infinite loop in the variable expansion.
 @cindex loops in variable expansion
 @cindex variables, loops in expansion
 
-Another disadvantage is that any functions 
+Another disadvantage is that any functions
 (@pxref{Functions, ,Functions for Transforming Text})
 referenced in the definition will be executed every time the variable is
 expanded.  This makes @code{make} run slower; worse, it causes the
@@ -3766,7 +3756,7 @@ variables, there is another flavor: simply expanded variables.
 @cindex variables, simply expanded
 @cindex :=
 @dfn{Simply expanded variables} are defined by lines using @samp{:=}
-(@pxref{Setting, ,Setting Variables}).  
+(@pxref{Setting, ,Setting Variables}).
 The value of a simply expanded variable is scanned
 once and for all, expanding any references to other variables and
 functions, when the variable is defined.  The actual value of the simply
@@ -3812,7 +3802,7 @@ endif
 @end group
 @end example
 
-@noindent 
+@noindent
 An advantage of this use of @samp{:=} is that a typical
 `descend into a directory' command then looks like this:
 
@@ -3827,7 +3817,7 @@ Simply expanded variables generally make complicated makefile programming
 more predictable because they work like variables in most programming
 languages.  They allow you to redefine a variable using its own value (or
 its value processed in some way by one of the expansion functions) and to
-use the expansion functions much more efficiently 
+use the expansion functions much more efficiently
 (@pxref{Functions, ,Functions for Transforming Text}).
 
 @cindex spaces, in variable values
@@ -3873,7 +3863,7 @@ This section describes some advanced features you can use to reference
 variables in more flexible ways.
 
 @menu
-* Substitution Refs::           Referencing a variable with 
+* Substitution Refs::           Referencing a variable with
                                   substitutions on the value.
 * Computed Names::              Computing the name of the variable to refer to.
 @end menu
@@ -3999,7 +3989,7 @@ which becomes @samp{$(z)} which becomes @samp{Hello}.
 Nested variable references can also contain modified references and
 function invocations (@pxref{Functions, ,Functions for Transforming Text}),
 just like any other reference.
-For example, using the @code{subst} function 
+For example, using the @code{subst} function
 (@pxref{Text Functions, ,Functions for String Substitution and Analysis}):
 
 @example
@@ -4193,7 +4183,7 @@ to read.
 Most variable names are considered to have the empty string as a value if
 you have never set them.  Several variables have built-in initial values
 that are not empty, but you can set them in the usual ways
-(@pxref{Implicit Variables, ,Variables Used by Implicit Rules}).  
+(@pxref{Implicit Variables, ,Variables Used by Implicit Rules}).
 Several special variables are set
 automatically to a new value for each rule; these are called the
 @dfn{automatic} variables (@pxref{Automatic, ,Automatic Variables}).
@@ -4335,7 +4325,7 @@ value.
 @cindex overriding with @code{override}
 @cindex variables, overriding
 
-If a variable has been set with a command argument 
+If a variable has been set with a command argument
 (@pxref{Overriding, ,Overriding Variables}),
 then ordinary assignments in the makefile are ignored.  If you want to set
 the variable in the makefile even though it was set with a command
@@ -4403,7 +4393,7 @@ See the next section for information about @code{define}.
 Another way to set the value of a variable is to use the @code{define}
 directive.  This directive has an unusual syntax which allows newline
 characters to be included in the value, which is convenient for defining
-canned sequences of commands 
+canned sequences of commands
 (@pxref{Sequences, ,Defining Canned Command Sequences}).
 
 The @code{define} directive is followed on the same line by the name of the
@@ -4750,7 +4740,7 @@ not attempt to terminate the conditional inside the included file.
 
 You can write a conditional that tests @code{make} command flags such as
 @samp{-t} by using the variable @code{MAKEFLAGS} together with the
-@code{findstring} function 
+@code{findstring} function
 (@pxref{Text Functions, , Functions for String Substitution and Analysis}).
 This is useful when @code{touch} is not enough to make a file appear up
 to date.
@@ -4923,11 +4913,11 @@ References}) are a simpler way to get the effect of the @code{patsubst}
 function:
 
 @example
-$(@var{var}:@var{pattern}=@var{replacement})  
+$(@var{var}:@var{pattern}=@var{replacement})
 @end example
 
 @noindent
-is equivalent to 
+is equivalent to
 
 @example
 $(patsubst @var{pattern},@var{replacement},$(@var{var}))
@@ -4937,11 +4927,11 @@ The second shorthand simplifies one of the most common uses of
 @code{patsubst}: replacing the suffix at the end of file names.
 
 @example
-$(@var{var}:@var{suffix}=@var{replacement}) 
+$(@var{var}:@var{suffix}=@var{replacement})
 @end example
 
 @noindent
-is equivalent to 
+is equivalent to
 
 @example
 $(patsubst %@var{suffix},%@var{replacement},$(@var{var}))
@@ -5094,8 +5084,8 @@ it for this purpose even if you don't care about the sort order.
 Here is a realistic example of the use of @code{subst} and
 @code{patsubst}.  Suppose that a makefile uses the @code{VPATH} variable
 to specify a list of directories that @code{make} should search for
-dependency files 
-(@pxref{General Search, , @code{VPATH} Search Path for All Dependencies}).  
+dependency files
+(@pxref{General Search, , @code{VPATH} Search Path for All Dependencies}).
 This example shows how to
 tell the C compiler to search for header files in the same list of
 directories.@refill
@@ -5288,7 +5278,7 @@ returns @samp{bar}.
 @item $(words @var{text})
 @findex words
 @cindex words, finding number
-Returns the number of words in @var{text}.  
+Returns the number of words in @var{text}.
 Thus, the last word of @var{text} is
 @w{@code{$(word $(words @var{text}),@var{text})}}.@refill
 
@@ -5400,12 +5390,12 @@ variable names because many strange things are valid variable names, but
 are probably not what you intended.  For example,
 
 @smallexample
-files := $(foreach Es escrito en espanol!,b c ch,$(find_files))
+files := $(foreach Esta escrito en espanol!,b c ch,$(find_files))
 @end smallexample
 
 @noindent
 might be useful if the value of @code{find_files} references the variable
-whose name is @samp{Es escrito en espanol!} (es un nombre bastante largo,
+whose name is @samp{Esta escrito en espanol!} (es un nombre bastante largo,
 no?), but it is more likely to be a mistake.
 
 @node Origin Function, Shell Function, Foreach Function, Functions
@@ -5525,7 +5515,7 @@ Here the redefinition takes place if @samp{$(origin bletch)} returns either
 @cindex shell command, function for
 
 The @code{shell} function is unlike any other function except the
-@code{wildcard} function 
+@code{wildcard} function
 (@pxref{Wildcard Function, ,The Function @code{wildcard}}) in that it
 communicates with the world outside of @code{make}.
 
@@ -5591,16 +5581,16 @@ determines that some target is not already up to date.
 
 @menu
 * Makefile Arguments::          How to specify which makefile to use.
-* Goals::                       How to use goal arguments to specify which 
+* Goals::                       How to use goal arguments to specify which
                                   parts of the makefile to use.
 * Instead of Execution::        How to use mode flags to specify what
-                                  kind of thing to do with the commands 
-                                  in the makefile other than simply 
+                                  kind of thing to do with the commands
+                                  in the makefile other than simply
                                   execute them.
 * Avoiding Compilation::        How to avoid recompiling certain files.
-* Overriding::                  How to override a variable to specify 
+* Overriding::                  How to override a variable to specify
                                   an alternate compiler and other things.
-* Testing::                     How to proceed past some errors, to 
+* Testing::                     How to proceed past some errors, to
                                   test compilation.
 * Options Summary::             Summary of Options
 @end menu
@@ -5795,7 +5785,7 @@ words, neither compilation nor output will occur.
 
 ``What if''.  Each @samp{-W} flag is followed by a file name.  The given
 files' modification times are recorded by @code{make} as being the present
-time, although the actual modification times remain the same.  
+time, although the actual modification times remain the same.
 You can use the @samp{-W} flag in conjunction with the @samp{-n} flag
 to see what would happen if you were to modify specific files.@refill
 @end table
@@ -6296,10 +6286,10 @@ retained for compatibility.
 * Implicit Variables::          How to change what predefined rules do.
 * Chained Rules::               How to use a chain of implicit rules.
 * Pattern Rules::               How to define new implicit rules.
-* Last Resort::                 How to defining commands for rules 
+* Last Resort::                 How to defining commands for rules
                                   which cannot find any.
 * Suffix Rules::                The old-fashioned style of implicit rule.
-* Search Algorithm::            The precise algorithm for applying 
+* Search Algorithm::            The precise algorithm for applying
                                   implicit rules.
 @end menu
 
@@ -6581,8 +6571,8 @@ the list of implicit rule suffixes with:@refill
 @cindex @code{lint}, rule to run
 @pindex .ln
 @file{@var{n}.ln} is made from @file{@var{n}.c} by running @code{lint}.
-The precise command is @w{@samp{$(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -i}}.  
-The same command is used on the C code produced from 
+The precise command is @w{@samp{$(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -i}}.
+The same command is used on the C code produced from
 @file{@var{n}.y} or @file{@var{n}.l}.@refill
 
 @item @TeX{} and Web
@@ -6629,8 +6619,8 @@ Any file @file{@var{n}} is extracted if necessary from an RCS file
 named either @file{@var{n},v} or @file{RCS/@var{n},v}.  The precise
 command used is @w{@samp{$(CO) $(COFLAGS)}}.  @file{@var{n}} will not be
 extracted from RCS if it already exists, even if the RCS file is
-newer.  The rules for RCS are terminal 
-(@pxref{Match-Anything Rules, ,Match-Anything Pattern Rules}), 
+newer.  The rules for RCS are terminal
+(@pxref{Match-Anything Rules, ,Match-Anything Pattern Rules}),
 so RCS files cannot be generated from another source; they must
 actually exist.@refill
 
@@ -6914,7 +6904,7 @@ deletion is reported to you by printing a @samp{rm -f} command that
 shows what @code{make} is doing.  (You can list the target pattern of an
 implicit rule (such as @samp{%.o}) as a dependency of the special
 target @code{.PRECIOUS} to preserve intermediate files made by implicit
-rules whose target patterns match that file's name; 
+rules whose target patterns match that file's name;
 see @ref{Interrupts}.)@refill
 @cindex intermediate files, preserving
 @cindex preserving intermediate files
@@ -7799,7 +7789,7 @@ named @file{file.o}.  In connection with such usage, the automatic variables
 @cindex @code{__.SYMDEF}
 @cindex updating archive symbol directories
 @cindex archive symbol directory updating
-@cindex symbol directories, updating archive 
+@cindex symbol directories, updating archive
 @cindex directories, updating archive symbol
 
 An archive file that is used as a library usually contains a special member
@@ -7915,8 +7905,8 @@ Many features come from the version of @code{make} in System V.
 
 @itemize @bullet
 @item
-The @code{VPATH} variable and its special meaning. 
-@xref{Directory Search, , Searching Directories for Dependencies}.  
+The @code{VPATH} variable and its special meaning.
+@xref{Directory Search, , Searching Directories for Dependencies}.
 This feature exists in System V @code{make}, but is undocumented.
 It is documented in 4.3 BSD @code{make} (which says it mimics System V's
 @code{VPATH} feature).@refill
@@ -8000,7 +7990,7 @@ did.  @xref{Automatic, ,Automatic Variables}.  The automatic variable
 
 @item
 The ``what if'' flag (@samp{-W} in GNU @code{make}) was (as far as we know)
-invented by Andrew Hume in @code{mk}.  
+invented by Andrew Hume in @code{mk}.
 @xref{Instead of Execution, ,Instead of Executing the Commands}.
 
 @item
@@ -8046,7 +8036,7 @@ The remaining features are inventions new in GNU @code{make}:
 Use the @samp{-v} or @samp{--version} option to print version and
 copyright information.
 
-@item 
+@item
 Use the @samp{-h} or @samp{--help} option to summarize the options to
 @code{make}.
 
@@ -8063,7 +8053,7 @@ Use the @samp{-C} or @samp{--directory} command option to change
 directory.  @xref{Options Summary, ,Summary of Options}.
 
 @item
-Make verbatim variable definitions with @code{define}.  
+Make verbatim variable definitions with @code{define}.
 @xref{Defining, ,Defining Variables Verbatim}.
 
 @item
@@ -8074,7 +8064,7 @@ different syntax in his @code{mk} program.  This seems to be a case of
 parallel discovery.  @xref{Phony Targets, ,Phony Targets}.
 
 @item
-Manipulate text by calling functions.  
+Manipulate text by calling functions.
 @xref{Functions, ,Functions for Transforming Text}.
 
 @item
@@ -8105,11 +8095,11 @@ same file.@refill
 
 @item
 Use a special search method for library dependencies written in the
-form @samp{-l@var{name}}.  
+form @samp{-l@var{name}}.
 @xref{Libraries/Search, ,Directory Search for Link Libraries}.
 
 @item
-Allow suffixes for suffix rules 
+Allow suffixes for suffix rules
 (@pxref{Suffix Rules, ,Old-Fashioned Suffix Rules}) to contain any
 characters.  In other versions of @code{make}, they must begin with
 @samp{.} and not contain any @samp{/} characters.
@@ -8122,11 +8112,11 @@ variable @code{MAKELEVEL}.  @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Use of @code{make}}.
 Specify static pattern rules.  @xref{Static Pattern, ,Static Pattern Rules}.
 
 @item
-Provide selective @code{vpath} search.  
+Provide selective @code{vpath} search.
 @xref{Directory Search, ,Searching Directories for Dependencies}.
 
 @item
-Provide computed variable references.  
+Provide computed variable references.
 @xref{Reference, ,Basics of Variable References}.
 
 @item
@@ -8135,7 +8125,7 @@ System V @code{make} has a very, very limited form of this
 functionality in that it will check out SCCS files for makefiles.
 
 @item
-Various new built-in implicit rules.  
+Various new built-in implicit rules.
 @xref{Catalogue of Rules, ,Catalogue of Implicit Rules}.
 
 @item
@@ -8145,7 +8135,7 @@ The built-in variable @samp{MAKE_VERSION} gives the version number of
 
 @node Missing, Makefile Conventions, Features, Top
 @chapter Incompatibilities and Missing Features
-@cindex incompatibilities 
+@cindex incompatibilities
 @cindex missing features
 @cindex features, missing
 
@@ -8162,22 +8152,22 @@ being an object file which defines the linker symbol @var{entry}.@refill
 
 This feature was not put into GNU @code{make} because of the
 nonmodularity of putting knowledge into @code{make} of the internal
-format of archive file symbol tables.  
+format of archive file symbol tables.
 @xref{Archive Symbols, ,Updating Archive Symbol Directories}.
 
 @item
 Suffixes (used in suffix rules) that end with the character @samp{~}
-have a special meaning to System V @code{make}; 
+have a special meaning to System V @code{make};
 they refer to the SCCS file that corresponds
 to the file one would get without the @samp{~}.  For example, the
 suffix rule @samp{.c~.o} would make the file @file{@var{n}.o} from
 the SCCS file @file{s.@var{n}.c}.  For complete coverage, a whole
-series of such suffix rules is required.  
+series of such suffix rules is required.
 @xref{Suffix Rules, ,Old-Fashioned Suffix Rules}.
 
 In GNU @code{make}, this entire series of cases is handled by two
 pattern rules for extraction from SCCS, in combination with the
-general feature of rule chaining.  
+general feature of rule chaining.
 @xref{Chained Rules, ,Chains of Implicit Rules}.
 
 @item
@@ -8189,7 +8179,7 @@ This is not defined in GNU @code{make} because @samp{$$} should always
 stand for an ordinary @samp{$}.
 
 It is possible to get this functionality through the use of static pattern
-rules (@pxref{Static Pattern, ,Static Pattern Rules}).  
+rules (@pxref{Static Pattern, ,Static Pattern Rules}).
 The System V @code{make} rule:
 
 @example
@@ -8471,7 +8461,7 @@ dependencies which are archive members, only the member named is used
 dependencies, while @code{$+} retains them and preserves their order.
 
 @item $*
-The stem with which an implicit rule matches 
+The stem with which an implicit rule matches
 (@pxref{Pattern Match, ,How Patterns Match}).
 
 @item $(@@D)
@@ -8514,7 +8504,7 @@ Makefiles to be read on every invocation of @code{make}.@*
 @item VPATH
 
 Directory search path for files not found in the current directory.@*
-@xref{General Search, , @code{VPATH} Search Path for All Dependencies}.  
+@xref{General Search, , @code{VPATH} Search Path for All Dependencies}.
 
 @item SHELL
 
@@ -8617,60 +8607,60 @@ INSTALLDATA = /usr/local/bin/install -c -m 644
 # Things you might add to DEFS:
 # -DSTDC_HEADERS        If you have ANSI C headers and
 #                       libraries.
-# -DPOSIX               If you have POSIX.1 headers and 
+# -DPOSIX               If you have POSIX.1 headers and
 #                       libraries.
-# -DBSD42               If you have sys/dir.h (unless 
-#                       you use -DPOSIX), sys/file.h, 
+# -DBSD42               If you have sys/dir.h (unless
+#                       you use -DPOSIX), sys/file.h,
 #                       and st_blocks in `struct stat'.
-# -DUSG                 If you have System V/ANSI C 
-#                       string and memory functions 
-#                       and headers, sys/sysmacros.h, 
-#                       fcntl.h, getcwd, no valloc, 
-#                       and ndir.h (unless 
+# -DUSG                 If you have System V/ANSI C
+#                       string and memory functions
+#                       and headers, sys/sysmacros.h,
+#                       fcntl.h, getcwd, no valloc,
+#                       and ndir.h (unless
 #                       you use -DDIRENT).
-# -DNO_MEMORY_H         If USG or STDC_HEADERS but do not 
+# -DNO_MEMORY_H         If USG or STDC_HEADERS but do not
 #                       include memory.h.
-# -DDIRENT              If USG and you have dirent.h 
+# -DDIRENT              If USG and you have dirent.h
 #                       instead of ndir.h.
-# -DSIGTYPE=int         If your signal handlers 
+# -DSIGTYPE=int         If your signal handlers
 #                       return int, not void.
-# -DNO_MTIO             If you lack sys/mtio.h 
+# -DNO_MTIO             If you lack sys/mtio.h
 #                       (magtape ioctls).
-# -DNO_REMOTE           If you do not have a remote shell 
+# -DNO_REMOTE           If you do not have a remote shell
 #                       or rexec.
 # -DUSE_REXEC           To use rexec for remote tape
-#                       operations instead of 
+#                       operations instead of
 #                       forking rsh or remsh.
-# -DVPRINTF_MISSING     If you lack vprintf function 
+# -DVPRINTF_MISSING     If you lack vprintf function
 #                       (but have _doprnt).
-# -DDOPRNT_MISSING      If you lack _doprnt function.  
-#                       Also need to define 
+# -DDOPRNT_MISSING      If you lack _doprnt function.
+#                       Also need to define
 #                       -DVPRINTF_MISSING.
 # -DFTIME_MISSING       If you lack ftime system call.
 # -DSTRSTR_MISSING      If you lack strstr function.
 # -DVALLOC_MISSING      If you lack valloc function.
-# -DMKDIR_MISSING       If you lack mkdir and 
+# -DMKDIR_MISSING       If you lack mkdir and
 #                       rmdir system calls.
 # -DRENAME_MISSING      If you lack rename system call.
-# -DFTRUNCATE_MISSING   If you lack ftruncate 
+# -DFTRUNCATE_MISSING   If you lack ftruncate
 #                       system call.
-# -DV7                  On Version 7 Unix (not 
+# -DV7                  On Version 7 Unix (not
 #                       tested in a long time).
-# -DEMUL_OPEN3          If you lack a 3-argument version 
-#                       of open, and want to emulate it 
+# -DEMUL_OPEN3          If you lack a 3-argument version
+#                       of open, and want to emulate it
 #                       with system calls you do have.
 # -DNO_OPEN3            If you lack the 3-argument open
-#                       and want to disable the tar -k 
+#                       and want to disable the tar -k
 #                       option instead of emulating open.
-# -DXENIX               If you have sys/inode.h 
+# -DXENIX               If you have sys/inode.h
 #                       and need it 94 to be included.
 
 DEFS =  -DSIGTYPE=int -DDIRENT -DSTRSTR_MISSING \
         -DVPRINTF_MISSING -DBSD42
-# Set this to rtapelib.o unless you defined NO_REMOTE, 
+# Set this to rtapelib.o unless you defined NO_REMOTE,
 # in which case make it empty.
 RTAPELIB = rtapelib.o
-LIBS = 
+LIBS =
 DEF_AR_FILE = /dev/rmt8
 DEFBLOCKING = 20
 
@@ -8684,9 +8674,9 @@ LDFLAGS = -g
 
 @group
 prefix = /usr/local
-# Prefix for each installed program, 
+# Prefix for each installed program,
 # normally empty or `g'.
-binprefix = 
+binprefix =
 
 # The directory to install tar in.
 bindir = $(prefix)/bin
@@ -8784,7 +8774,7 @@ shar: $(SRCS) $(AUX)
         shar $(SRCS) $(AUX) | compress \
           > tar-`sed -e '/version_string/!d' \
                      -e 's/[^0-9.]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' \
-                     -e q 
+                     -e q
                      version.c`.shar.Z
 @end group
 
@@ -8793,7 +8783,7 @@ dist: $(SRCS) $(AUX)
         echo tar-`sed \
              -e '/version_string/!d' \
              -e 's/[^0-9.]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' \
-             -e q 
+             -e q
              version.c` > .fname
         -rm -rf `cat .fname`
         mkdir `cat .fname`

misc.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Miscellaneous generic support functions for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -50,9 +50,8 @@ collapse_continuations (line)
     return;
 
   out = in;
-  if (out > line)
-    while (out[-1] == '\\')
-      --out;
+  while (out > line && out[-1] == '\\')
+    --out;
 
   while (*in != '\0')
     {
@@ -126,7 +125,7 @@ remove_comments (line)
 {
   char *comment;
 
-  comment = find_char_unquote (line, '#', 0);
+  comment = find_char_unquote (line, "#", 0);
 
   if (comment != 0)
     /* Cut off the line at the #.  */
@@ -174,15 +173,25 @@ concat (s1, s2, s3)
 /* Print a message on stdout.  */
 
 void
-message (s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6)
+message (prefix, s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6)
+     int prefix;
      char *s1, *s2, *s3, *s4, *s5, *s6;
 {
-  if (makelevel == 0)
-    printf ("%s: ", program);
-  else
-    printf ("%s[%u]: ", program, makelevel);
-  printf (s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6);
-  putchar ('\n');
+  log_working_directory (1);
+
+  if (s1 != 0)
+    {
+      if (prefix)
+	{
+	  if (makelevel == 0)
+	    printf ("%s: ", program);
+	  else
+	    printf ("%s[%u]: ", program, makelevel);
+	}
+      printf (s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6);
+      putchar ('\n');
+    }
+
   fflush (stdout);
 }
 
@@ -193,6 +202,8 @@ void
 fatal (s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6)
      char *s1, *s2, *s3, *s4, *s5, *s6;
 {
+  log_working_directory (1);
+
   if (makelevel == 0)
     fprintf (stderr, "%s: *** ", program);
   else
@@ -211,6 +222,8 @@ void
 error (s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6)
      char *s1, *s2, *s3, *s4, *s5, *s6;
 {
+  log_working_directory (1);
+
   if (makelevel == 0)
     fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program);
   else
@@ -226,6 +239,8 @@ makefile_error (file, lineno, s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6)
      unsigned int lineno;
      char *s1, *s2, *s3, *s4, *s5, *s6;
 {
+  log_working_directory (1);
+
   fprintf (stderr, "%s:%u: ", file, lineno);
   fprintf (stderr, s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6);
   putc ('\n', stderr);
@@ -238,6 +253,8 @@ makefile_fatal (file, lineno, s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6)
      unsigned int lineno;
      char *s1, *s2, *s3, *s4, *s5, *s6;
 {
+  log_working_directory (1);
+
   fprintf (stderr, "%s:%u: *** ", file, lineno);
   fprintf (stderr, s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6);
   fputs (".  Stop.\n", stderr);
@@ -260,7 +277,7 @@ strerror (errnum)
   if (errno < sys_nerr)
     return sys_errlist[errnum];
 
-  sprintf ("Unknown error %d", buf, errnum);
+  sprintf (buf, "Unknown error %d", errnum);
   return buf;
 }
 #endif
@@ -716,23 +733,3 @@ get_path_max ()
   return value;
 }
 #endif
-
-/* On some systems, stat can return EINTR.  */
-
-int
-safe_stat (name, buf)
-     char *name;
-     struct stat *buf;
-{
-  int ret;
-
-#ifdef EINTR
-  do
-#endif
-    ret = stat (name, buf);
-#ifdef EINTR
-  while (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR);
-#endif
-
-  return  ret;
-}

read.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Reading and parsing of makefiles for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ static int read_makefile ();
 static unsigned int readline (), do_define ();
 static int conditional_line ();
 static void record_files ();
-static char *find_semicolon ();
 
 
 /* A `struct linebuffer' is a structure which holds a line of text.
@@ -75,7 +74,7 @@ struct conditionals
 
 static struct conditionals toplevel_conditionals;
 static struct conditionals *conditionals = &toplevel_conditionals;
-  
+
 
 /* Default directories to search for include files in  */
 
@@ -192,6 +191,9 @@ read_all_makefiles (makefiles)
 	  /* No default makefile was found.  Add the default makefiles to the
 	     `read_makefiles' chain so they will be updated if possible.  */
 	  struct dep *tail = read_makefiles;
+	  /* Add them to the tail, after any MAKEFILES variable makefiles.  */
+	  while (tail != 0 && tail->next != 0)
+	    tail = tail->next;
 	  for (p = default_makefiles; *p != 0; ++p)
 	    {
 	      struct dep *d = (struct dep *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct dep));
@@ -631,7 +633,7 @@ read_makefile (filename, flags)
 	;
       else if (lb.buffer[0] == '\t')
 	{
-	  p = lb.buffer;
+	  p = collapsed;	/* Ignore comments.  */
 	  while (isblank (*p))
 	    ++p;
 	  if (*p == '\0')
@@ -654,9 +656,16 @@ read_makefile (filename, flags)
 
 	  record_waiting_files ();
 
-	  /* Look for a semicolon in the unexpanded line.  */
-	  cmdleft = find_semicolon (lb.buffer);
-	  if (cmdleft != 0)
+	  /* Search the line for an unquoted ; that is not after an
+             unquoted #.  */
+	  cmdleft = find_char_unquote (lb.buffer, ";#", 0);
+	  if (cmdleft != 0 && *cmdleft == '#')
+	    {
+	      /* We found a comment before a semicolon.  */
+	      *cmdleft = '\0';
+	      cmdleft = 0;
+	    }
+	  else if (cmdleft != 0)
 	    /* Found one.  Cut the line short there before expanding it.  */
 	    *cmdleft = '\0';
 
@@ -668,15 +677,12 @@ read_makefile (filename, flags)
 
 	  if (cmdleft == 0)
 	    /* Look for a semicolon in the expanded line.  */
-	    cmdleft = find_semicolon (p);
+	    cmdleft = find_char_unquote (p, ";", 0);
 
 	  if (cmdleft != 0)
 	    /* Cut the line short at the semicolon.  */
 	    *cmdleft = '\0';
 
-	  /* Remove comments from the line.  */
-	  remove_comments (p);
-
 	  p2 = next_token (p);
 	  if (*p2 == '\0')
 	    {
@@ -723,6 +729,11 @@ read_makefile (filename, flags)
 	      else
 		break;
 	    }
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+	  /* For MS-DOS, skip a "C:\...".  */
+	  if (p != 0 && p[1] == '\\' && isalpha (p[-1]))
+	    p = 0;
+#endif
 	  if (p != 0)
 	    {
 	      struct nameseq *target;
@@ -1243,7 +1254,7 @@ record_files (filenames, pattern, pattern_percent, deps, commands_started,
 		d->name = savestring (buffer, o - buffer);
 	      }
 	  }
-      
+
       if (!two_colon)
 	{
 	  /* Single-colon.  Combine these dependencies
@@ -1432,9 +1443,9 @@ record_files (filenames, pattern, pattern_percent, deps, commands_started,
    one, or nil if there are none.  */
 
 char *
-find_char_unquote (string, stopchar, blank)
+find_char_unquote (string, stopchars, blank)
      char *string;
-     int stopchar;
+     char *stopchars;
      int blank;
 {
   unsigned int string_len = strlen (string);
@@ -1442,19 +1453,12 @@ find_char_unquote (string, stopchar, blank)
 
   while (1)
     {
-      if (blank)
-	{
-	  while (*p != '\0' && *p != stopchar && !isblank (*p))
-	    ++p;
-	  if (*p == '\0')
-	    break;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  p = index (p, stopchar);
-	  if (p == 0)
-	    break;
-	}
+      while (*p != '\0' && index (stopchars, *p) == 0
+	     && (!blank || !isblank (*p)))
+	++p;
+      if (*p == '\0')
+	break;
+
       if (p > string && p[-1] == '\\')
 	{
 	  /* Search for more backslashes.  */
@@ -1488,17 +1492,7 @@ char *
 find_percent (pattern)
      char *pattern;
 {
-  return find_char_unquote (pattern, '%', 0);
-}
-
-/* Search STRING for an unquoted ; that is not after an unquoted #.  */
-
-static char *
-find_semicolon (string)
-     char *string;
-{
-  return (find_char_unquote (string, '#', 0) == 0
-	  ? find_char_unquote (string, ';', 0) : 0);
+  return find_char_unquote (pattern, "%", 0);
 }
 
 /* Parse a string into a sequence of filenames represented as a
@@ -1526,6 +1520,9 @@ parse_file_seq (stringp, stopchar, size, strip)
   register char *p = *stringp;
   char *q;
   char *name;
+  char stopchars[2];
+  stopchars[0] = stopchar;
+  stopchars[1] = '\0';
 
   while (1)
     {
@@ -1537,7 +1534,12 @@ parse_file_seq (stringp, stopchar, size, strip)
 	break;
       /* Yes, find end of next name.  */
       q = p;
-      p = find_char_unquote (q, stopchar, 1);
+      p = find_char_unquote (q, stopchars, 1);
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+      /* For MS-DOS, skip a "C:\...".  */
+      if (stopchar == ':' && p != 0 && p[1] == '\\' && isalpha (p[-1]))
+	p = 0;
+#endif
       if (p == 0)
 	p = q + strlen (q);
 
@@ -1573,7 +1575,9 @@ parse_file_seq (stringp, stopchar, size, strip)
      an elt further down the chain (i.e., previous in the file list)
      with an unmatched `(' (e.g., "lib(mem").  */
 
-  for (new1 = new, lastnew1 = 0; new1 != 0; lastnew1 = new1, new1 = new1->next)
+  new1 = new;
+  lastnew1 = 0;
+  while (new1 != 0)
     if (new1->name[0] != '('	/* Don't catch "(%)" and suchlike.  */
 	&& new1->name[strlen (new1->name) - 1] == ')'
 	&& index (new1->name, '(') == 0)
@@ -1648,20 +1652,27 @@ parse_file_seq (stringp, stopchar, size, strip)
 	    /* Trace back from NEW1 (the end of the list) until N
 	       (the beginning of the list), rewriting each name
 	       with the full archive reference.  */
-	    
+
 	    while (new1 != n)
 	      {
 		name = concat (libname, new1->name, ")");
 		free (new1->name);
 		new1->name = name;
+		lastnew1 = new1;
 		new1 = new1->next;
 	      }
-
-	    if (new1 == 0)
-	      /* We might have slurped up the whole list,
-		 and continuing the loop would dereference NEW1.  */
-	      break;
 	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* No frobnication happening.  Just step down the list.  */
+	    lastnew1 = new1;
+	    new1 = new1->next;
+	  }
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	lastnew1 = new1;
+	new1 = new1->next;
       }
 
 #endif
@@ -1743,7 +1754,7 @@ readline (linebuffer, stream, filename, lineno)
 	  else
 	    break;
 	}
-      
+
       if (!backslash)
 	{
 	  p[-1] = '\0';
@@ -1801,7 +1812,7 @@ construct_include_path (arg_dirs)
 	      dir = expanded;
 	  }
 
-	if (safe_stat (dir, &stbuf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (stbuf.st_mode))
+	if (stat (dir, &stbuf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (stbuf.st_mode))
 	  {
 	    if (idx == max - 1)
 	      {
@@ -1818,7 +1829,7 @@ construct_include_path (arg_dirs)
   /* Now add at the end the standard default dirs.  */
 
   for (i = 0; default_include_directories[i] != 0; ++i)
-    if (safe_stat (default_include_directories[i], &stbuf) == 0
+    if (stat (default_include_directories[i], &stbuf) == 0
 	&& S_ISDIR (stbuf.st_mode))
       dirs[idx++] = default_include_directories[i];
 
@@ -1864,7 +1875,7 @@ tilde_expand (name)
 
 	warn_undefined_variables_flag = save;
       }
-  
+
       is_variable = home_dir[0] != '\0';
       if (!is_variable)
 	{
@@ -1927,13 +1938,16 @@ multi_glob (chain, size)
      struct nameseq *chain;
      unsigned int size;
 {
+  extern void dir_setup_glob ();
   register struct nameseq *new = 0;
   register struct nameseq *old;
   struct nameseq *nexto;
+  glob_t gl;
+
+  dir_setup_glob (&gl);
 
   for (old = chain; old != 0; old = nexto)
     {
-      glob_t gl;
 #ifndef NO_ARCHIVES
       char *memname;
 #endif
@@ -1967,7 +1981,7 @@ multi_glob (chain, size)
 	memname = 0;
 #endif
 
-      switch (glob (old->name, GLOB_NOCHECK, NULL, &gl))
+      switch (glob (old->name, GLOB_NOCHECK|GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC, NULL, &gl))
 	{
 	case 0:			/* Success.  */
 	  {

remake.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Basic dependency engine for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ update_goal_chain (goals, makefiles)
 		 by calling update_file above.  We check this flag below to
 		 decide when to give an "up to date" diagnostic.  */
 	      g->changed += commands_started - ocommands_started;
-	    
+
 	      stop = 0;
 	      if (x != 0 || file->updated)
 		{
@@ -195,14 +195,10 @@ update_goal_chain (goals, makefiles)
 		  && file->update_status == 0 && !g->changed
 		  /* Never give a message under -s or -q.  */
 		  && !silent_flag && !question_flag)
-		{
-		  if (file->phony || file->cmds == 0)
-		    message ("Nothing to be done for `%s'.",
-			     file->name);
-		  else
-		    message ("`%s' is up to date.", file->name);
-		  fflush (stdout);
-		}
+		message (1, ((file->phony || file->cmds == 0)
+			     ? "Nothing to be done for `%s'."
+			     : "`%s' is up to date."),
+			 file->name);
 
 	      /* This goal is finished.  Remove it from the chain.  */
 	      if (lastgoal == 0)
@@ -491,7 +487,16 @@ update_file_1 (file, depth)
       return dep_status;
     }
 
-  set_command_state (file, cs_not_started);
+  if (file->command_state == cs_deps_running)
+    /* The commands for some deps were running on the last iteration, but
+       they have finished now.  Reset the command_state to not_started to
+       simplify later bookkeeping.  It is important that we do this only
+       when the prior state was cs_deps_running, because that prior state
+       was definitely propagated to FILE's also_make's by set_command_state
+       (called above), but in another state an also_make may have
+       independently changed to finished state, and we would confuse that
+       file's bookkeeping (updated, but not_started is bogus state).  */
+    set_command_state (file, cs_not_started);
 
   /* Now record which dependencies are more
      recent than this file, so we can define $?.  */
@@ -547,7 +552,6 @@ update_file_1 (file, depth)
   if (!must_make)
     {
       DEBUGPR ("No need to remake target `%s'.\n");
-      file->update_status = 0;
       notice_finished_file (file);
       return 0;
     }
@@ -565,14 +569,17 @@ update_file_1 (file, depth)
 
   switch (file->update_status)
     {
-    case 1:
+    case 2:
       DEBUGPR ("Failed to remake target file `%s'.\n");
       break;
     case 0:
       DEBUGPR ("Successfully remade target file `%s'.\n");
       break;
+    case 1:
+      DEBUGPR ("Target file `%s' needs remade under -q.\n");
+      break;
     default:
-      assert (file->update_status == 0 || file->update_status == 1);
+      assert (file->update_status >= 0 && file->update_status <= 2);
       break;
     }
 
@@ -582,7 +589,9 @@ update_file_1 (file, depth)
 
 /* Set FILE's `updated' flag and re-check its mtime and the mtime's of all
    files listed in its `also_make' member.  Under -t, this function also
-   touches FILE.  */
+   touches FILE.
+
+   On return, FILE->update_status will no longer be -1 if it was.  */
 
 void
 notice_finished_file (file)
@@ -596,12 +605,12 @@ notice_finished_file (file)
 
   if (touch_flag
       /* The update status will be:
-	 	-1	if no commands were run;
-		0	if some commands (+ or ${MAKE}) were run and won;
+	 	-1	if this target was not remade;
+		0	if 0 or more commands (+ or ${MAKE}) were run and won;
 		1	if some commands were run and lost.
-	 The only time we don't want to touch the target is if
-	 it had some recursive commands, and they lost.  */
-      && file->update_status != 1)
+	 We touch the target if it has commands which either were not run
+	 or won when they ran (i.e. status is 0).  */
+      && file->update_status == 0)
     {
       if (file->cmds != 0 && file->cmds->any_recurse)
 	{
@@ -657,6 +666,10 @@ notice_finished_file (file)
 	     never be done because the target is already updated.  */
 	  (void) f_mtime (d->file, 0);
       }
+  else if (file->update_status == -1)
+    /* Nothing was done for FILE, but it needed nothing done.
+       So mark it now as "succeeded".  */
+    file->update_status = 0;
 }
 
 /* Check whether another file (whose mtime is THIS_MTIME)
@@ -752,10 +765,7 @@ touch_file (file)
      register struct file *file;
 {
   if (!silent_flag)
-    {
-      printf ("touch %s\n", file->name);
-      fflush (stdout);
-    }
+    message (0, "touch %s", file->name);
 
 #ifndef	NO_ARCHIVES
   if (ar_name (file->name))
@@ -825,15 +835,29 @@ remake_file (file)
       else
 	{
 	  /* This is a dependency file we cannot remake.  Fail.  */
-	  static char noway[] = "No rule to make target";
+	  static const char msg_noparent[]
+	    = "%sNo rule to make target `%s'%s";
+	  static const char msg_parent[]
+	    = "%sNo rule to make target `%s', needed by `%s'%s";
 	  if (keep_going_flag || file->dontcare)
 	    {
 	      if (!file->dontcare)
-		error ("*** %s `%s'.", noway, file->name);
- 	      file->update_status = 1;
+		{
+		  if (file->parent == 0)
+		    error (msg_noparent, "*** ", file->name, ".");
+		  else
+		    error (msg_parent, "*** ",
+			   file->name, file->parent->name, ".");
+		}
+ 	      file->update_status = 2;
 	    }
 	  else
-	    fatal ("%s `%s'", noway, file->name);
+	    {
+	      if (file->parent == 0)
+		fatal (msg_noparent, "", file->name, "");
+	      else
+		fatal (msg_parent, "", file->name, file->parent->name, "");
+	    }
 	}
     }
   else
@@ -845,6 +869,9 @@ remake_file (file)
 	  execute_file_commands (file);
 	  return;
 	}
+      else
+	/* This tells notice_finished_file it is ok to touch the file.  */
+	file->update_status = 0;
     }
 
   /* This does the touching under -t.  */
@@ -952,6 +979,27 @@ f_mtime (file, search)
 	}
     }
 
+  {
+    /* Files can have bogus timestamps that nothing newly made will be
+       "newer" than.  Updating their dependents could just result in loops.
+       So notify the user of the anomaly by treating future files as
+       unrecoverably absent.  */
+
+    static time_t now;
+    if (mtime > now && ! file->updated)
+      {
+	/* This file's time appears to be in the future.
+	   Update our concept of the present, and compare again.  */
+	extern time_t time ();
+	if (mtime > time (&now))
+	  {
+	    error ("*** File `%s' has modification time in the future",
+		   file->name);
+	    file->update_status = 2;
+	  }
+      }
+  }
+
   /* Store the mtime into all the entries for this file.  */
   if (file->double_colon)
     file = file->double_colon;
@@ -973,7 +1021,7 @@ name_mtime (name)
 {
   struct stat st;
 
-  if (safe_stat (name, &st) < 0)
+  if (stat (name, &st) < 0)
     return (time_t) -1;
 
   return (time_t) st.st_mtime;

signame.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Convert between signal names and numbers.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1992, 1993, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,14 +15,22 @@ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
 the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>		/* Some systems need this for <signal.h>.  */
 #include <signal.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+/* Some systems declare `sys_siglist in <unistd.h>; if
+   configure defined SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED, it may expect
+   to find the declaration there.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
+
 /* Some systems do not define NSIG in <signal.h>.  */
 #ifndef	NSIG
 #ifdef	_NSIG
@@ -216,6 +224,9 @@ signame_init ()
 #if defined (SIGDANGER)
   init_sig (SIGDANGER, "DANGER", "Danger signal");
 #endif
+#if defined (SIGINFO)
+  init_sig (SIGINFO, "INFO", "Information request");
+#endif
 }
 
 /* Return the abbreviation for signal NUMBER.  */
@@ -273,3 +284,20 @@ psignal (signal, message)
     fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", message, sys_siglist[signal]);
 }
 #endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRSIGNAL
+/* Return the string associated with the signal number.  */
+
+char *
+strsignal (signal)
+     int signal;
+{
+  static char buf[] = "Signal 12345678901234567890";
+ 
+  if (signal > 0 || signal < NSIG)
+    return (char *) sys_siglist[signal];
+ 
+  sprintf (buf, "Signal %d", signal);
+  return buf;
+}
+#endif

signame.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Convert between signal names and numbers.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1992, 1993, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ char *sig_abbrev (int number);
    signal by that name.  */
 int sig_number (const char *abbrev);
 
-/* Avoid conflicts with a system header file that might define these two.  */
+/* Avoid conflicts with a system header file that might define these three.  */
 
 #ifndef HAVE_PSIGNAL
 /* Print to standard error the name of SIGNAL, preceded by MESSAGE and
@@ -37,6 +37,11 @@ int sig_number (const char *abbrev);
 void psignal (int signal, const char *message);
 #endif
 
+#ifndef HAVE_STRSIGNAL
+/* Return the name of SIGNAL.  */
+char *strsignal (int signal);
+#endif
+
 #if !defined (HAVE_SYS_SIGLIST)
 /* Names for signals from 0 to NSIG-1.  */
 extern const char *sys_siglist[];
@@ -50,6 +55,9 @@ int sig_number ();
 #if !defined (HAVE_SYS_SIGLIST) && !defined (HAVE_PSIGNAL)
 void psignal ();
 #endif
+#ifndef HAVE_STRSIGNAL
+char *strsignal ();
+#endif
 #if !defined (HAVE_SYS_SIGLIST)
 extern char *sys_siglist[];
 #endif

version.c

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+char *version_string = "3.74.3";
+
+/*
+  Local variables:
+  version-control: never
+  End:
+ */

vpath.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Implementation of pattern-matching file search paths for GNU Make.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of GNU Make.
 
 GNU Make is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ selective_vpath_search (path, file, mtime_ptr)
 	  *n = '/';
 
 	  if (!exists_in_cache	/* Makefile-mentioned file need not exist.  */
-	      || safe_stat (name, &st) == 0) /* Does it really exist?  */
+	      || stat (name, &st) == 0) /* Does it really exist?  */
 	    {
 	      /* We have found a file.
 		 Store the name we found into *FILE for the caller.  */